You are on page 1of 183

1 | P a g e

CURRICULUM OF B.TECH MECHANICAL PROGRAM


1. Introduction
2. Course Structure
2.1 Batch 2012 -13 Credit Structure
2.2 Batch 2012 -13 Course Outline
2.3. Batch 2013-14 Credit Structure
2.4 Batch 2013-14 Course Outline
2.5 Batch 2014 -15 Course Outline
2.6 Batch 2014 -15 Credit Structure

1. Introduction
The School of Engineering and Technology of the Navrachana University commenced a 4 year B.
Tech program in the areas of Mechanical Engineering from academic year 2012-13. The course
structure for the entire duration of the program was framed and the detailed courses of study had
been prepared for the first year for all the three programs in three one day workshops conducted at
the University and approved by the second academic council meeting.

The present proposal is for the detailed courses of study for the first year, second year and third year
(first , second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth semesters) for the program for the three batches 2012-
13, 2013-14 and 2014-15. The course structure is modified with minor rearrangement of the courses
without any changes in the courses already approved. Minor changes in the credit structure are also
proposed where necessary. The smooth flowability of the courses in given stream of subjects is
considered while making minor changes in the course structure.

As the 2012-13 batch of the program has already completed second year (first, second, third and
fourth semester) during the academic year, the minor changes proposed are for third and fourth
year of the course structure of 2012-13 batch. The changes in course structure proposed for the
second year shall be applicable for the 2013-14 batch and overall change for first year shall be
applicable for the 2014-15 batches onwards. The detailed courses of study proposed for first year,
second year and third year for batches 2012-13, 2013-14 and 2014-15 batches has been proposed
henceforth.


2. Course Structure

2.1 Batch 2012 -13 Credit Structure

Semester I
Course
Code Course Name
Credit Structure
L T P C
BE 101 Introduction to Engineering 3 0 0 3
CS 101 Computer Programming & Utilization 3 0 4 5
HS 101 English Communication 2 0 2 3
MA 101 Mathematics I 2 2 0 4
PH 101 Physics I 2 1 0 3
ME 101 Engineering Graphics 1 0 3 2.5
PH 111 Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
TOTAL 13 3 12 22
Semester II
MA 102 Mathematics-II 2 2 0 4
CH 101 Chemistry 2 1 0 3
2 | P a g e

PH 102 Physics-II 2 1 0 3
CE 101 Applied Mechanics 2 1 0 3
ME 102 Thermodynamics 2 1 0 3
EE 101 Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2
CH 111 Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
EE 111 Electrical Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
ME 111 Workshop Practice -I 0 0 3 1.5
CE 111 Applied Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 2 1
TOTAL 12 6 11 23.5
Semester III
MA 201 Mathematics-III 2 2 0 4
HS 201 Introduction to Sociology 3 0 0 3
ME 201 Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4
ME 211 Strength of Materials Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
ME 202 Engineering Metallurgy 2 1 0 3
ME 203 Fluid Mechanics-I 2 1 0 3
ME 212 Fluid Mechanics-I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
ME 213 Machine Drawing 0 1 3 2.5
TOTAL 12 6 9 22.5
Semester IV
BY 201 Biology 3 0 0 3
EC 205 Economics 3 0 0 3
ME 213 Basic Electronics 3 0 0 3
ME 214 Basic Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
ME 215 Fluid Mechanics- II 2 1 0 3
ME 216 Fluid Mechanics- II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
ME 210 Manufacturing Technology I 3 1 0 4
ME 212 Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - I 3 0 0 3
ME 211 Workshop Practices - II 0 0 3 1.5
TOTAL 17 2 9 23.5
Semester V

HSSM-Elective I 3 0 0 3

Environmental Science 2 0 0 2

Heat & Mass Transfer 3 1 0 4

Heat & Mass Transfer Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Manufacturing Technology II 3 1 0 4

Manufacturing Technology II
Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - II 3 0 0 3

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - II
Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Machine Design 1 3 0 0 3
TOTAL 17 2 9 23.5
Semester VI

Industrial Engineering & Operations
Research 3 1 0 4

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - I 3 0 0 3

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
3 | P a g e


Energy Conversion - I 3 0 0 3

Energy Conversion I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Machine Design II 3 1 0 4

Systems Control 3 0 0 3

Systems Control Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Core Elective I 3 0 0 3

Design & Manufacturing Projects 0 0 4 4
TOTAL 18 2 13 28.5
Semester VII

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - II 3 0 0 3

Fluid Machinery 3 1 0 4

Fluid Machinery Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Energy Conversion - II 3 0 0 3

Energy Conversion II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Core Elective II 3 0 0 3

BTP I 0 0 4 4

Entrepreneurship 2 0 0 2
TOTAL 14 1 10 22.0
Semester VIII

Core Elective III 3 0 0 3

Core Elective IV 3 0 3 4.5

Core Elective IV Laboratory 0 0 3 4.5

BTP II 0 0 10 10
Khoj (Interdisciplinary Project) 0 0 4 4
TOTAL 6 0 17 24.5


List of subjects for Core Elective 1
Unconventional Manufacturing
Processes
Alternate Energy Sources
Vibration Engineering
Design of Heat Exchangers
Robotics
List of subjects offered in HSSM Elective 1
Research Methodology
Optimization Techniques


2.2 Batch 2012 -13 Course Outline
FIRST SEMESTER

Course Code: Course Title: Introduction to Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per
Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory: 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 Civil Engineering
Introduction to civil engineering, role of civil engineers, basic areas in civil engineering, Building
constructions, civil engineering materials: conventional and modern materials, Substructures,
4 | P a g e

superstructures, disaster resistant buildings, disaster management and planning.

Unit 2 Electrical And Electronics Engineering
Kirchhoffs current and voltage laws: loop and node methods of analysis. Star/ Delta
transformations Amperes law, magnetic flux and flux density, magnetic field strength due to
straight conductors and circular coil, magneto motive force, magnetic leakage, magnetic
hysteresis, hysteresis and eddy current losses, ,Electromagnetic induction, Faradays law and
Lenzs law, dynamically and statically induced EMF, self and mutual inductances. Alternating
voltages and currents and their vector and time domain representations, average and RMS
values, form factor, phase difference, power and power factor, single phase and three phase
system.

Unit 3 Mechanical Engineering

Historical perspective; description of devices used in power production; energy storage and
transmission; manufacturing and automation; new materials; future trends including
interfacing with microprocessors, sensors, actuators, and virtual systems; demonstration and
hands-on laboratory. Measurements and measuring tools, welding practice, machine tools,
basic concepts and important definitions used in thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, properties
of steam, boilers and classification of boilers, steam engines, internal combustion engines,
refrigeration systems.

Design Appreciation and Awareness
The nature of design, Elements and principles of design, Scale in design from micro to macro,
Psychology of perception, Color and its characteristics, Materials, their quality, technical, visual
and tactile, Learning from nature and other experiences and using the knowledge in
design, Creative problem solving.


Books
S. S. Bhavikatti: Basic Civil Engineering, New Age International Publishers, 2011
W. H. Hayt, J. E. Kemmerly and S. M. Durbin: Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7
th
Ed. Tata
McGraw Hill, 2010.
J. A. Edminister: Electrical circuits, 2
nd
Ed., Schaums outline series, McGraw Hill, 1994.
M. A. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis, Prentice Hall, India, 2009
Samarjit Ghosh: Network Theory, Analysis & Synthesis, Prentice Hall, India, 2009
C. L. Wadhwa: Network Analysis & Synthesis, New Age International, 2007
Jonathan Wickert: An Introduction to Mechanical Engineering, Cengage Engineering
Released, 2009
Basant Agrawal, C. M. Agrawal: Basic Mechanical Engineering, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2008
certificate

Course Code: Course Title: Computer Programming and Utilization
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 4 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory: 3.0 credits
Practical : 2.0 credits
Total Credits : 5.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 08 hours
Basic concepts on operating systems, developer fundamentals such as editor, integrated
programming environment, UNIX shell modules, libraries

Unit 2 10 hours
5 | P a g e

Algorithms, flowchart, structure of C program, identifiers, basic data types and sizes, constants,
variables, operators, expressions, type conversions, precedence and order of evaluation.
Input-output statements, statements and blocks, control statements, iterative statements, break,
continue, go to and labels

Unit 3 12 hours
Designing structured programs, functions, basic scope rules, block structure, user defined functions,
standard library functions, recursive functions, Arrays, two-dimensional and mutli-dimensional
arrays, structure and type def.

Unit 4 12 hours
Introduction, OOP paradigm, data encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, data abstraction, data
hiding, class declaration, object instantiation, pointers in C++ concepts, initialization of pointer
variables, address arithmetic, character pointers and functions, pointers to object, new and delete
operator.

Text Books:
S. Harrington, "Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications, 1987, ISBN 0-07-1004726.
D. Rogers, J. Adams, "Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition, TataMcGraw-Hill
Publication, 2002, ISBN 0 - 07 - 048677 - 8.

Reference Books:
D. Rogers, "Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication,
2001, ISBN 0 - 07 - 047371 - 4.
J. Foley, V. Dam, S. Feiner, J. Hughes, "Computer Graphics Principles and Practice", 2
nd
Edition, Pearson
Education, 2003, ISBN 81 - 7808 - 038 - 9.
F. Hill, "Computer Graphics: Using OpenGL", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003ISBN 81 - 297 -0181
- 2.
D. Hearn, M. Baker, "Computer Graphics - C Version", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,2002, ISBN 81 -
7808 - 794 - 4.


Course Code: Course Title: English Communication
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical:2 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical : 1.0 credits
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 4
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Year : B. Tech I

Course Outline


Unit 1: Development of Listening, Speaking, Reading & Writing Skills
Unit I
Topic
hours
Sub Unit
A. Aiding toLSRW
Grammar:
Tenses, Types of Sentences, Modals, Conditionals,Voice
Degree, Reported Speech, Concord, Parallelism, Modifiers,Common
Errors in English,Abbreviations and Numerals,Punctuations and
Capitalization
6
Vocabulary Enrichment:
Vocabulary Extension Methods; Word Formation through prefixes &
suffixes,Phrasal Verbs, Words often confused,
Homophones,Thematic & Functional Vocabulary,Idioms &
Phrases,Proverbs,Use of Dictionary for Engineers
2
B. Listening Skills
Comprehending the Basics of Listening Skills: Meaning,
Importance, Principles, Difference between Hearing & Listening,
2
6 | P a g e

Types, Advantages of Listening & Factors hampering Listening,
Common Poor Listening Habits
Listening Comprehensions:
Listening to Speeches, Stories, News, Articles, Excerpts of movies
etc.
C. Speaking Skills

Familiarizing with Communication Skills:
Comprehending Basics of Communication(Meaning, Features, types
& Barriers), Ethics and Communication, Tips for effective
communication
4
Public Speaking Skills: Art of Public Speaking, Importance of Public,
Public Speaking Tips, Elocutions, Debates
Situational Conversations:
Greetings, Self Introduction, Casual Conversation; Hierarchical
Conversations ( With Superiors , with delegates and with
Subordinates and with colleagues) , Reciprocal Conversation,
Telephonic Conversation, Enquiry for different purposes
D. Reading Skills
Comprehending the basics of Reading Skills (meaning, as a
cognitive process, Importance etc)
3 Different Types of Reading Skimming, Scanning, Rapid Reading,
Close Reading, The SQ3R technique, becoming an
Effective reader, Proof reading skills
E. Writing Skills

Comprehending the Art of Writing
6
Official Correspondence :
- Letters
Principles of Letter Writing, Sales Letters, Claim, Adjustment &
Complaint Letters, Letters for Enquiry and Replies to them, Request
Letters, Invitation Letters, Thank You Letters, Apology Letter, Leave
Applications, Job Application & Resume- Reports- Proposals-
Memorandum- Quotations, Orders & Tenders
Creative Writing Skills:
Tips for Creative Writing, Advertisements, Posters&Hand outs
Broschures,, Articles, Creative Titles
Functional Writing Skills - Minutes of the Meeting, Speeches, Vote
of Thanks, Circulars, Notices, Messages, Acknowledgements
Aids to Writing Skills:
Content Analysis & Concept Analysis, Note Taking, & Note Making,
Summarizing, Paraphrasing &Preci writing
Unit II using Technology for Communication

using Technology
for Communication
Use of Technology and its importance in enhancing communication
skills.
2
E- Etiquettes:- Netiquettes, - Cell Phone Etiquettes & Text
Messaging, - Social Media Etiquettes

Unit III Development of Presentation Skills Performance Skills and Professional Skills strengthened
with Soft Skills,
A.Presentation Skills
Oral Presentations:
Orientations, Anchoring, Annual Report Reading, Seminar
Presentations



2






Developing Presentability in different situations and for different
purposes:
- Through Proper Body Language, paralanguage & through non-
verbal cues-Expressions (like greetings, reinforcements,
appreciations, specifications etc)
- through well-preparedness in terms of being ready with required
material & apt content- through proper grooming- through Time &
7 | P a g e

Stress Management- through swiftness and comprehensiveness -
making presence pleasant and energetic- through creating enabling
environment



B. Performance
Skills
Skills for Mental Readiness for Performances: Skill of Identifying
Focus,Skill of Comprehending with diverse perspective Skill of
Concluding, Skill of choosing apt expressions, Skill of positive
thinking
1
C.
Professional Skills :
Organization Skills:
- Organization of Seminar/ Workshop/ Training/ Meetings/
Functions/ Week/ Pannel Discussion etc.
- Team Building & Team Work- Stress & Time Management
2

Unit IV Reinforcing Skills of LSRW, Communication, Presentation & Performance Through
Language Lab

A. Phonetics
Fundamentals of Phonetics: Phonemic symbols and Phonetic
sounds; Understanding Speech Sounds: English Pronunciation,
Vowel and consonant sounds and pronunciation guidelines related
to vowel and consonant sounds.
2
B. Listening Skills
Practical Lab Based exercises & Exposure to various spoken formats
for developing acute listening abilities
2
Understanding accents when listening to speakers from various
nationalities
Listening for correct accent and pronunciation; Developing neutral
accent.
Effective Listening Techniques
C. Speaking Skills
Improving Fluency:
Articulation of words and sentences; Developing Correct
Pronunciation using correct stress patterns; voice quality
assessment ; correct accent, stress and intonation patterns.
2
D. Reading Skills
Reading Comprehensions- Lab based reading comprehension
exercises; Exposure to Different kinds of texts and various types of
Comprehension Questions; Developing speed reading through
practical exercises
2
E. Writing Skills Writing Assignments from Language Software 2
F. using Technology
for Communication
Using Internet:
- Browsing and searching the internet
- Evaluating the quality of Internet Data
- Open Access Resources
3
E-Modes of Communication:
- Writing E-mails & Effective Email Practices- Webbloging, - Video
Conferencing & Teleconferencing
- Podcasting- Using Mail Merge
G. Presentation
Skills
Power Point Presentation:
- preparing and using PPTS as an effective aid to presentations,-
Rehearsed and Impromptu Presentations- Overhead
Transparencies
2
H. Performance
Skills&
Supplementary Skills
Skills specific to types of Performances:
- Group Discussion- Making Formal Speeches
- Elocution & Debate- Situational Role Plays

Note: Activities accommodated within lab hours

Unit V Developing Reading Habits (Self Study)
A book based on Indian History The Cat and Shakespeare: A Tale of India Raja Rao-
8 | P a g e


Course Code: Course Title: Mathematics I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 2 hours per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory: 4.0 credits
Practical: ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 Differentiation & Integration 14 hours
Application of derivatives, Riemann integral and the fundamental theorem of calculus, applications
to area and volume

Unit 2 Functions of Several Variables, 14 hours
Limits and continuity, partial derivatives, gradient, directional derivatives, tangent planes and
normal, maxima, minima and saddle points, Lagrange multipliers, double and triple integrals, change
of variables

Unit 3 14 hours
Double and triple integrals, change of variables

Unit 4 14 hours
Vector fields: gradient, curl and divergence, line integrals, Greens theorem and applications, surface
integrals, divergence theorem, Stokes theorem

Text Books:
G. B. Thomas and R. L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 9th edition, Addison-Wesley/ Narosa,
1998.
S. R. Ghorpade and B. V. Limaye, A course in Calculus and Real Analysis, Springer, 2006 (Indian
reprint 2010)

Reference Books:
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, vol. 1, 2nd Ed., Wiley India, 2006.
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007.
E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed. Wiley India, 2011.

Course Code: Course Title: Physics-I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical :---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 Special Theory of Relativity 10 hours
/reflects Indian Culture 1965
B.An autobiography / biography
of a Spiritual Leader
An autobiography of a Yogi (Param Hans Yogananda)-
Param Hans Yogananda
C. Self Motivational Book
Seven Habits of Highly Effective People Stephen
Covey
D. Reading for updates Editorials from News Papers or Articles from
Magazines/ Case Studies or Project Reports
E. Classical/ Modern Literary
Work
Talkative Man-R.K. Narayan-1987
9 | P a g e

Michelson-Morley experiment, Galilean and Lorentz transformations,Time dilation, Length
contraction, Energy mass relation

Unit 2 Quantum Mechanics 14 hours
Wave particle duality, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Time dependent and
Time independent Schrdinger equation, Applications: particle in a 1-D box, harmonic oscillator,
Scattering from a step potential barrier, finite potential barrier, tunnelling through a barrier

Unit 3 Solid State Physics 14 hours
Types of crystal structures, Miller indices, Free electron theory of metals,
Blochs theorem, Band theory of solids, Kronig-Penny Model, Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors,
Hall effect, p-n junction diode

Unit 4 Introduction to Materials Science 04 hours
Superconductors, Nanostructures, Polymers, Soft matter, Smart materials

Text Books:
H.S. Mani and G.K. Mehta, Introduction to Modern Physics, 1
st
Edition, East-west Press Pvt. Ltd.-New
Delhi, 2000
A. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6
th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009
K.S. Krane, Modern Physics, 2
nd
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2009

Reference Books:
J. Bernstein, P.M. Fishbane and S. Gasiorowicz, Modern Physics, 1
st
Edition, Pearson Education, 2009
R. Resnickand R. Eisberg: Quantum Physics, Of Atoms Molecules Solids Nuclei And Practicles, 2
nd
Edition,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd., 2006
S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum Physics, 3
rd
edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007
C Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 7
th
edition, John Wiley, 2009
M.S. Vijaya and G. Rangarajan, Materials Science, 1
st
edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
2004
William D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, 1
st
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,2010
Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank J,Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, 1
st
Edition, Wiley India, 2007
Peter J. F. Harris, Carbon Nanotube Science, 1
st
edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009

Course Code: Course Title: Engineering Graphics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 1 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practice :3 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory :1.0 credits
Practice :1.5 credits
Total Credits : 2.5
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 06 hours
Introduction to drawing instruments, lettering, lines and dimensioning, construction of simple
geometrical figures.
Simple orthographic projections, orthographic projections of points and lines.

Unit 2 06 hours
Orthographic projections of planes and solids, sections of solids.Isometric views

Unit 3 10 hours
Development of surfaces, intersection of surfaces, isometric projections of combined solids, special
curves
Plan, elevation and section of buildings

Unit 4 06 hours
Introduction to AutoCAD, topics mentioned in Unit1 to 3 through AutoCAD.
10 | P a g e


Note; Total number of hours for Engineering Graphics Practice should be 42 hours per semester.

Text Books:
K. Venugopal, Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD, New Age International, 2011
N.D. Bhat and V. M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, 2011

Reference Books:
B. Agrawal and C. M. Agrawal, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2008.
K. R. Gopalakrishna, Engineering Drawings, Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2001.
N. Sidheswar, P. Kanniah and V. V. S. Sastry, Machine Drawing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1980.
T. E. French, C. J. Vireck and R. J. Foster, Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology, 14
th
Ed,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1993.
W. J. Luzadder and J. M. Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, Prentice-Hall India, New Delhi,
2001.

Course Code: Course Title: Physics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practicals: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practicals : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments based on the following:
Error analysis and accuracy of measurement.
Selected experiments from mechanics and heat (e.g. compound pendulum, centrifugal force, thermal
conductivity, velocity of sound in air),
Selected experiments from electricity & magnetism (LCR circuit, Helmholtz coil), optics (interference
and diffraction) and
Selected experiments from modern physics (specific charge of electron, hydrogen spectrum,
photoelectric effect) etc.
Text Books:
B. L. Worsnop and H. T. Flint: Advanced Practical Physics for students, Asia Publishing House, 1971
G. L. Squires: Practical Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2001
M. Nelkon and P. Parker: Advanced Level Physics, 7
th
Edition, Cbs, 2006
B.K. Mathur: Introduction to Geometrical and Physical Optics, 7
th
Edition, Gopal Printing, 1967


SECOND SEMESTER

Course Code: Course Title: Mathematics II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 2 hours per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 Linear Algebra I: 12 hours
Matrices and Determinants, linear transformations. Systems of linear equations. Gauss
elimination, rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix.

Unit 2 Linear Algebra II: 12 hours
Vector spaces, Inner products, Bilinear and Quadratic forms, Eigen values and eigenvectors,
Similarity transformations. Diagonalization of Hermitian matrices.

11 | P a g e

Unit 3 Ordinary Differential Equations I: 16 hours

Ordinary Differential equations of the 1
st
order; exactness and integrating factors, Ordinary
Differential equations of the 2
nd
order, variation of parameters, Picards iteration method.

Unit 4 Ordinary Differential Equations II: 16 hours
Ordinary linear differential equations of n
th
order. Solution of homogeneous and non
homogeneous equations. Operator method, Methods of undetermined coefficients and
Variation of parameters. Systems of differential equations.

Text Books:
E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9
th
Ed., Wiley India, 2011.

Reference Books:
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007.
W.E. Boyce and R.C. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems, 9
th
ED.,
Wiley, International students edition, 2009.
V. Krishnamurthy, V.P. Mainra and J.L. Arora, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Affiliated East-West
Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.


Course Code: CH 101 Course Title: Chemistry
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 Inorganic Chemistry: 10 hours

Atomic orbitals, VBT, MO theory e.g. N2, O2, CO and HF. Transition Metal Complexes: Crystal
field theory, Crystal field effects in linear, tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral geometry,
magnetism, bonding aspects and structural distortion.

Unit 2 Organometallics: 4 hours
EAN rule, metal carbonyls synthesis, bonding and structure, metallocenes synthesis and
properties.

Unit 3 Stereochemistry and Spectroscopy 15 hours

Aromaticity Huckels rule, aromatic ions,
Structure and Stereoisomerism: Conjugation and aromaticity, stereoisomerism, structural
representation of stereoisomers, IUPAC conventions for optical and geometrical isomers.
Introduction to spectroscopic techniques. Green Chemistry, Fundamentals of medicinal
chemistry, Synthesis of organic molecules.

Unit 4 Phase Equillibria and Catalysis 13 hours
Phase diagram, Gibbs phase rule, one component system, binary isomorphous phase diagram,
solid solutions, and Hume Rothery rules.
Catalysis: Homogeneous, Heterogeneous and Biocatalysis. Applications of Catalysis.

Text Books:
P. W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 9th Ed., 2011.
R. T. Morrison and R. N. Boyd: Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 5th Ed., 1990.
J. D. Lee: Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 4th Ed., ELBS, 1991.
12 | P a g e

D. K. Chakravarty, B. Vishwanathan: Heterogeneous Catalysis, New Age International, New Delhi,
2007.

Reference Books:
G. M. Barrow: Physical Chemistry, 5th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1992.
D. A. McQuarrie& J. D. Simon: Physical Chemistry A Molecular Approach, Viva Books, 1998.
L. G. Wade: Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education 6th Ed., 2006.
G. Solomons and C. Fryhle: Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.
M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane: Chemical Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill, 1980.
D. D. Ebbing: General Chemistry, Houghton Miffin Co., 1984.
J. C. Kuriacos and J. Rajaram: Chemistry in Engineering and Technology, Vol. I & II, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.
Michael Smith, Jerry March: Marchs Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and
Structure, 2007.
G. C. Bond: Heterogeneous Catalysis: Principles & Applications, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987.
Pietro Tundo, Alvise Perosa, Fulvio Zecchini: Methods and Reagents for Green Chemistry: An
Introduction, Wiley Interscience, 2007.
Gareth Thomas: Fundamentals of Medicinal Chemistry, Wiley Interscience, 2003

Course Code: PH 102 Course Title: Physics - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit-1 14 hours
Electrostatics: Coulomb's law, Gauss' law, Conductors, Capacitors, Electrostatic fields in matter,
Dielectrics, Bound charges, Electric displacement, Linear dielectrics

Uni-2 14 hours
Magnetostatics: Lorentz force law, Continuity equation, Biot-Savart law, Amperes law, Magnetic
vector potential, Magnetostatic boundary conditions, Magnetic fields in matter, Bound currents,
Auxiliary field H

Unit- 3 14 hours
Electrodynamics: Electromotive force, Faradays law, Inductance, Displacement current,
Maxwells equations, Poynting vector, Electromagnetic waves, Waveguides, Simple antenna

Text Books:
D. J. Griffiths: Introduction to electrodynamics, 3
rd
Edition, Phi Learning, 2009

Reference Books:
J.R. Reitz, F.J. Milford, R.W. Christy: Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory, 4
th
Edition, Pearson
Addison Wesley, 2009
A. Mahajan, A. Rangwala: Electricity and Magnetism, 1
st
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1988
E.M. Purcell: Berkeley Physics Course: Electricity and Magnetism, Volume 2, 2
nd
Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2007
R.P. Feynman, R.B. Leighton, M. Sands: The Feynman Lectures on Physics Vol II, 1
st
Edition, Narosa
Publishing House, 2010
B.B. Laud: Electromagnetics, 2
nd
Edition, New Age International (p) Ltd, New Delhi, 1987

13 | P a g e


Course Code: Course Title: Applied Mechanics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : --
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 10 hours

Statics of Particles: -Forces in a Plane: Force on a Particle. Resultant of Two Forces, Vectors,
Addition of Vectors, Resultant of Several Concurrent Forces, Resolution of a Force into Components,
Rectangular Components of a Force. Equilibrium of a Particle, Free-Body Diagrams. Forces in Space:
Rectangular Components of a Force in Space, Equilibrium of a Particle in Space

Rigid Bodies: Equivalent system of forces; Principle of Transmissibility. Equivalent Forces, Vector
Moment of a Force about a Point, Varignons Theorem, Rectangular Components of the Moment of
a Force, Moment of a Force about a Given Axis, Moment of a Couple, Equivalent Couples ,Addition
of Couples, Resolution of a Given Force into a Force at O and a Couple, Equivalent Systems of Forces

Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies: Free-Body Diagram , Equilibrium in Two Dimensions: Reactions at
Supports and Connections for a Two-Dimensional Structure, Equilibrium of a Rigid Body in Two
Dimensions, Equilibrium in Three Dimensions, Equilibrium of a Rigid Body in Three Dimensions,
Reactions at Supports and Connections for a Three-Dimensional Structure

Unit 2 10 hours
Distributed Forces: Centroids and centers of Gravity: Areas and Lines:Center of Gravity of a Two-
Dimensional Body, Centroids of Areas and Lines, First Moments of Areas and Lines, Composite Plates
and Wires, Determination of Centroids by Integration,Theorems of PappusGuldinus, Distributed
Loads on Beams, Forces on Submerged SurfacesVolumes: Center of Gravity of a Three-Dimensional
Body,Centroid of a Volume, CompositeBodies, Determination of Centroids of Volumes by Integration

Analysis of Structures: Trusses
Definition of a Truss, Simple Trusses, Analysis of Trusses by the Method of Joints, Joints under
Special Loading Conditions, Analysis of Trusses by the Method of Sections, Trusses Made of Several
Simple Trusses

Distributed Forces: Moment of Inertia: Moments of Inertia of Areas: Second Moment, or Moment
of Inertia, of an Area, Determination of the Moment of Inertia of an Area by Integration, Polar
Moment of Inertia, Radius of Gyration of an Area, Parallel-Axis Theorem, Moments of Inertia of
Composite Areas, Product of Inertia, Principal Axes and Principal Moments of Inertia, Mohrs Circle
for Moments and Products of Inertia

Unit 3 10 hours
Friction: Introduction, the Laws of Dry Friction. Coefficients of Friction, Angles of Friction, Problems
Involving Dry Friction, Wedges, Square-Threaded Screws, Journal Bearings.AxleFriction, Thrust
Bearings. Disk Friction, Wheel Friction. Rolling Resistance, Belt Friction

Method of Virtual work: Work of a Force, Principle of Virtual Work, Applications of the Principle of
Virtual Work, Real Machines. Mechanical Efficiency, Work of a Force during a Finite Displacement,
Potential Energy, Potential Energy and Equilibrium, Stability of Equilibrium



14 | P a g e

Unit 4 12 hours
Kinematics of Particles: Introduction to Dynamics, Rectilinear Motion of Particles, Curvilinear
Motion of Particles: Position Vector, Velocity, and Acceleration, Derivatives of Vector Functions,
Rectangular Components of Velocity and Acceleration,Kinetics of Particles: Newtons second law,
Kinetics of particles: energy and momentum methods, Systems of particles

Kinematics of rigid bodies, Plane motion of rigid bodies: forces and accelerations, Plane Motion of
rigid bodies: energy and momentum methods, Kinetics of rigid bodies in three dimensions:

Text Books:
F.P. Beer, E. R. Jhonston, D. F. Mazurek, P. Cornwell and E. Eisenberg: Vector Mechanics for
Engineers: Statics and Dynamics, 9th Ed. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
J L Meriam and L. G. Kraige: Engineering Mechanics Statics, Volume 1, 6th Ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd,
2006.
J L Meriam and Kraige: Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, 6th Ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2010.

Reference Books:
I H Shames: Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
Stephen Timoshenko, J V Rao, D H Young, Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2006.
R. C. Hibbeler, Ashok Gupta Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics 11th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2009
Veenu Kumar, K. L. Kumar, Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
Jacob P. DenHartog, Mechanics, Dover Publications, 1961.
M.S. Sivakumar, Stephen Crandall, Thomas Lardner, Norman Dahl, an Introduction to Mechanics of
Solids, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2012.

Course Code: ME 102 Course Title: Thermodynamics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 Hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 Hours per Week
Practicals:Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credits
Total Credits : 4.0
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 12 hours

Basic Concepts & Definitions:
Classical (Equilibrium) and Statistical thermodynamics macroscopic and microscopic points of
view, thermodynamic system, surroundings, system boundary, control mass and control volume
thermodynamic properties, processes and cycles, thermal equilibrium, quasi-static process
pure substance, simple compressible substance, continuum concept.

Matterits phases, working medium/substance/agentits definition, definition of
thermodynamic equilibriummechanical, thermal, chemical, representation of thermodynamic
processes and cycles on 2-property plots.
Zeroth law of thermodynamics reproducible reference points ideal gas temperature and
ideal gas thermometer

Energy and Various Forms:
Thermodynamic definitions of work and heat work done at the moving boundary of a simple
compressible substance-displacement (pdV) work and other types of work interactions net
work done by a system, free expansion with zero work done, work interaction: a path function,
Energy its definitions, forms of its occurrence in various fields mechanical, electrical,
electronics, chemical, atomic, nuclear, thermal, - the units of energy measurements and their
equivalents.
15 | P a g e


Unit 2 14 hours
First Law Analysis:
Statements of first law of thermodynamics for a control mass undergoing a cycle and for a
change in state internal energy as a thermodynamic property heat energy as path function,
perpetual motion machine of first kind, different forms of energy enthalpy specific heat at
constant pressure and constant volume, First law analysis of elementary processes such as
isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, adiabatic and polytropic undergone by an ideal gas.

First law applied to control volume steady flow processes mass and energy balance in simple
steady flow process application of steady flow energy equation to systems like nozzle, diffuser,
throttling devices, pumps, compressors, turbine and heat exchanger general form of energy
equation. First law applied to transient processes.


Unit 3 16 hours
Second Law Analysis:
Thermodynamic definition of heat engine, direct and reversed heat engine, diagrammatic
representation of heat engine, performance parameters of direct and reversed heat engines
Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statements of second law their equivalence perpetual motion
machine of the second kind Concept of reversibility, reversible process and reversible cycle -
conditions of reversibility irreversibility factors that render a process irreversible concept of
reversible heat transfer process examples Carnot reversible cycle Carnot theorem and its
consequences definition of thermodynamic (Absolute) temperature scale using the concept of
reversible engines
Inequality of Clausius definition of entropy as property temperature entropy diagram
entropy change during irreversible adiabatic process reversible adiabatic process entropy
principle & applications - change of entropy during processes undergone by ideal gas - entropy
generation principle of increase of entropy, entropy as a rate equation.
Second law applied to a control volume- steady state and transient processes- reversible steady
state process- Concept of available energy, reversible work and irreversibility- availability
(exergy) and second law efficiency- Guoy-stodola theorem simple engineering applications.

Unit 4 14 hours
Properties of Pure Substances:
P-V-T surfaces, P-V, P-T, T-S and H-S diagrams of pure substance, use of steam tables and charts.
Equation of State for Real Gases:
Ideal gas equation Van-der-waal equation of state, Berthelot equation of state, Dieterici
equation of state, Beattie-Bridgeman equation of state, virtual expansion etc. Amagat
isotherms compressibility factor compressibility chart.
Thermodynamic Relations:
Maxwell relation, T-dS relations, volume coefficient of expansion and isothermal compressibility,
specific heat relations, Joule-Thompson coefficient and their relation, Clausius-Clapeyron
equation

Unit 5 (Self Study)
Basics of Exergy analysis Exergy analysis of a simple thermal system
Model making of P-V-T surface to illustrate properties of pure substance
Model making of any closed and open thermodynamic systems

Text Books:
Sonntag, R.E., Borknakke,C & Van Wylen, G. J, Fundamental of Thermodynamics, 6
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Edition, 2003
Nag, P.K., Engineering Thermodynamics, 3
rd
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub.,2005
Cengel, Y., A., and Boles, M.A, Thermodynamics- An Engineering Approach, McGraw Hill, 2
nd
Revised
Ed., 1997

16 | P a g e

Reference Books:
Achuthan, M, Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall India, 2002
Rao, Y.V.C., An Introduction to Thermodynamics, University Press, India P Ltd., Revised Ed., 2004.
Chattopadhyay, P., Engineering Thermodynamics, Revised 1
st
Ed., Oxford University press, 2011
Zemensky, M.W., Heat and Thermodynamics, 7
th
Ed., McGraw Hill Pub., 1997
Dittman, R.H., & Zemensky, M.N., Heat & Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2008
Rogers, G.F.C., & Mayhew,Y.R., Engineering Thermodynamics, Work and Heat Transfer, 4
th
Ed.,
Longman
Spalding, D.B. and Cole,E.H., Engineering Thermodynamics Edward Arnold,1967
Kumar, D.S., Thermal Science & Engineering, 4
th
Ed., Kataria & Sons, New Delhi, 2006


Course Code: EE Course Title: Electrical Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: ----
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 4.0
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Implementation : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 14 hours
D.C. Machines:
Construction, simple lap and wave windings, emf , torque and power equations, circuit model,
generating and motoring modes, magnetizing characteristics, introduction to armature reaction
and commutation, self excited generators, shunt series and compound motors , speed control,
efficiency and losses.

Unit 2 14 hours
Transformers:
Fundaments and construction of single phase and three phase transformers, ideal transformer,
emf equation, no load conditions, loading, accounting for finite permeability and core losses,
equivalent circuit, no load and short circuit tests, per unit system, voltage regulation, efficiency,
auto-transformer, three phase transformers, star and delta connections.

Unit 3 12 Hours
Induction motor:
Equivalent circuit, torque speed characteristics, no load and blocked rotor tests, load test,
starting, speed control.

Unit 4 16 hours
Synchronous Machines:
Construction and basic principles, three phase windings, rotating magnetic fields, distribution
and pitch factors, emf equation, synchronous speed, armature reaction, synchronous reactance,
voltage regulation, synchronizing to mains, damper winding, Vector diagram for generating and
motoring modes, synchronous motor starting, V curves.
Induction Machine
Construction and simple theory of operation of three phase Fractional kW Motors: Brief
description of reluctance motor, hysteresis motor, two phase servo motor, stepper motors.

Text Books:
Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans, Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003.
B. L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005
P. S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.

Reference Books:
M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors
Delhi, 2005.
17 | P a g e

Mukherjee and Chakravorty, Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi,2005.
Nagrath and Kothari, Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005.
Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972.
K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer, Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley
Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: CH Course Title: Chemistry Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical : 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments on the following:

1) Complexometric Reaction
2) Oxidation Reduction Reactions
3) Spectrophotometer
4) Electric Potential
5) Chemical Kinetics
6) Organic Synthesis
7) Chromatography
8) Packing Fraction
9) Adsorption
10) Catalysis,
11) Electrolytic Conductance.

Reference Books:
D.P. Shoemaker, C.W. Garland and J.W. Nibler: Experiments in Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1996
V.D. Athawale and P. Mathur: Experimental Physical Chemistry, 1st Edition, New Age International
Publication, New Delhi, 2001.
J.B. Yadav: Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Pub., Meerut, 2003
S. M. Khopkar: Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry, 3rd Edition, New Age International Publication,
New Delhi, 2008
P. Samnani: Experiments in Chemistry, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2007.

Course Code: EE 111 Course Title: Electrical Engineering Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practicals:3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Implementation : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I


Experiments based on the following:
Speed torque characteristic of DC series motor.
Speed torque characteristic of DC shunt motor.
No load characteristic of DC generator
Speed control of separately excited DC motor.
Open circuit and short circuit test of single phase transformer.
Load test of single phase transformer.
Determination of the equivalent circuit parameters from No-Load and Blocked rotor tests of
three- phase Induction Motor.
Speed control and Load test on three-phase SL Induction Motor.
V and inverted v curves of a synchronous motor
Regulation of an alternator By zero power factor method

18 | P a g e

Reference Books:
Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans: Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003.
B. L. Theraja: A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005
P. S. Bimbhra: Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.
Mukherjee and Chakravorty: Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi,2005.
Nagrath and Kothari: Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005.
Vincent Del Toro: Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972 .
K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer: Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists,
Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: ME 111 Course Title: Workshop Practice
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ----
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

This subject includes practicing of the students in following trades by making various jobs.

Carpentry
Plumbing
Electric Wiring
Welding
Facing & turning on Lathe
Milling
Fitting
Tin smithy operations
Drilling
Slotting
Assembling of various parts and other trades.

Text Books:
1 H. S. Bawa: Workshop Practice, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

Reference Books:
1 Achuthan S. K. Hajra Choudhury et. al.: Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I and 2, 14th Ed.
Media Promoters and Publishers 2009.

Course Code: CE 111 Course Title: Applied Mechanics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practicals:3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical :1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments based on the following:
Verification of the law of polygon of coplanar, concurrent forces, in equilibrium using
universal force table, condition of equilibrium of concurrent forces in space using space
frame, the conditions of equilibrium of bodies under the action of coplanar parallel forces
with the help of simple beam/overhang beam,
Determination of the forces in the members of Simple plane Roof Truss,
Determination of the modulus of elasticity of a steel wire,
Determination of the co-efficient of friction between a leather belt and pulley, as well as
rope and pulley,
Determination of the coefficient of static friction between different surface in contact,
19 | P a g e

Determination of the value of acceleration of earth g by Fletchers trolley,
Determination of mass movement of inertia of a flywheel, performance of simple lifting
machines

Reference Books:
K. L. Kumar: Engineering Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003


THIRD SEMESTER

Course Code: MA 203 Course Title: Mathematics III
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 2 hour per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1 14 hours
Fourier Series:
Periodic functions, Dirchlets conditions, Fourier series, Eulers formulae, Fourier expansion of
periodic functions with period 2, Fourier series of even and odd functions, Fourier series of
periodic functions with arbitrary periods, half range Fourier series, Harmonic analysis.

Unit 2 16 hours
Laplace Transforms:
Definition, Linearity property, Laplace transforms of elementary functions, Shifting theorem
Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Convolution theorem, Application of
Laplace transforms in solving ordinary differential equations, Laplace transforms of periodic,
Unit step and Impulse functions.

Unit 3 14 hours
Numerical Methods:
Numerical solution of first order ordinary differential equation with initial condition by Picards,
Eulers & Taylor series method; Runge Kutta Method, Predictor-Corector methods (Milne &
Adams-Bashforth). Boundary value problem linear, non-linear, shooting and finite difference
method.

Unit 4 12 hours
Partial Differential Equations:
Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives, solution of Laplace & Poissons equations
using standard five pt formula & diagonal five pt formula. Solution of one dimensional heat
conduction equation by Schmidt method and Crank Nicolson method. Solution of wave
equation.

Text Books:
Dennis G. Zill., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, III
rd
Ed., Narosa, 2009
E. Kreyszig., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9
th
Ed., Wiley India, 2011
C. Henry Edwards, David E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems
Computing and Modeling, 3
rd
Ed., Pearson, 2013.

Reference Books:
B.S. Grewal., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna, New Delhi.
W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima., Elementry Differential Equations, John Wiley-2005.
R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown., Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems, McGraw-Hill-
2006.
20 | P a g e

M.D. Raisinghania, S. Kolibal, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Chand (S.) & Co Ltd,
India, 2005.
P. P. Dyke, An Introduction to Laplace Transforms and Fourier Series, Springer, Reprint 2004.


Course Code: HS 201 Course Title: Introduction to Sociology
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials : ---
Practical : ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit -1 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY AND ITS INSTITUTIONS
Disciplines of Humanities, Social sciences and Science
Need for understanding society and description of society at various stagesagrarian,
industrialized, multicultural.
Society as a system and its sub-systems
Some social institutions and impact of science and technology on it:
- Family
- Kinship
- Religion
- Education
Unit 2 14 hours
UNDERSTANDING THE COMPLEXITY OF SOCIETY
Social stratification: Meaning and Impact
Issues of marginalized sections:
- Gender
- Caste
- Class
- Race and Ethnicity
Approaches to study of society:
- Conflict: Karl Marxs theory and Hegels theory
- Functional: Theories of Talcott Parsons and Robert Merton

Unit 3 14 hours
UNDERSTANDING THE DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES IN SOCIETY
Processes of change in society:
- Social change, modernization, westernization,
urbanization,globalization,Liberalization,Privatization
Concepts of Development, Human Development Index, Cultural Capital and Indigenous
knowledge and impact of science and technology
Issues in Development:
- Inclusive development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and
technology
- Sustainable development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and
technology
Unit 4 (Self Study)
Suggested sessional work (Any 0ne)
- A Survey on impact of science and technology on society in your community
- A Report on Contribution of NGO in the development of society based on visit and
interaction
- Prepare a newsletter on science and technology for human development.
21 | P a g e

Suggested Readings:
Sen, A. Sustainable Development And Our Responsibilities
http://www.fabricaethica.it/documenti/937.Amartya%20Sen_UNIPOL.pdf
Amartya Sen lecture series http://www.sen-lecture.eu/
Haralambos, M. (2011) Sociology Themes and Perspectives
Mitchell, G D (1979 ). SOCIOLOGY The study of Social Systems.Oxford University Press: Mumbai
Ritzer, G. (2011). Sociological Theory. Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited: New Delhi
Human Development Report http://hdr.undp.org/en/reports/
World Development Report 2012: Gender Equality and Development
http://publications.worldbank.org
Abraham Francis and John Harry Morgan (1985) Modern Sociological Thought: From Comte to
Sorokin, McMillan India Limited:, Delhi.
Aron, Raymond (1965-67) Main Currents in Sociological Thought, Vol. I and Vol. II, Penguin.
Fletcher Ronald (1971): The Making of Sociology, Vol. I & II, Michael Joseph Ltd./Thomas Nelson and
Sons, London
David Ashley and David M. Orenstein (1995): Sociological Theory- Classical Statements (Third
Edition), Allyn and Bacon, Paramount Publishing, Massachusetts.
Zeitlin Irving M (1969).: Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory, Prentice Hall, New
Delhi.
Coser, Lewis A.( 1977). Masters of Sociological Thought, Harcourt Base, New York.
Giddens, Anthony (1997) Capitalism and Modern Social Theory An analysis of Writings of Marx,
Durkheim and Weber, Cambridge University Press.
Hughes John A., Martin, P. J. and Sharrock W. W (1995) Understanding Classical Sociology Marx,
Weber and Durkheim, London, Sage Publications
Tucker, K.N (2002). Classical Social Theory, Blackwell Publication, Oxford
Marx, Karl A (1970/77). Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy, Progress Publishers,
Moscow

Course Code: CE 201 Course Title: Strength of Materials
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials : 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
Unit -1 14 hours
Tension, Compression, and Shear Introduction to Mechanics of Materials, Normal Stress and
Strain, Mechanical Properties of Materials, Elasticity, Plasticity, and Creep, Linear Elasticity, Hookes
Law, and Poissons Ratio, Shear Stress and Strain, Allowable Stresses and Allowable Loads, Design for
Axial Loads and Direct Shear
Axially Loaded Members Introduction, Changes in Lengths of Axially Loaded Members, Changes in
Lengths under Non uniform Conditions, Statically Indeterminate Structures, Thermal Effects, Misfits,
and Prestrains, Stresses on Inclined Sections
Torsion Introduction, Torsional Deformations of a Circular Bar, Circular Bars of Linearly Elastic
Materials, Non uniform Torsion, Stresses and Strains in Pure Shear, Relationship Between Moduli of
Elasticity E and G, Transmission of Power by Circular Shafts, Statically Indeterminate Torsional
Members

Unit 2 14 hours
Shear Forces and Bending Moments Introduction, Types of Beams, Loads, and Reactions, Shear
Forces and Bending Moments, Relationships between Loads, Shear Forces and Bending Moments,
Shear-Force and Bending-Moment Diagrams
Stress Longitudinal Strains in Beams, Normal Stresses in Beams (Linearly Elastic Materials),Design of
Beams for Bending Stresses, Shear Stresses in Beams of Rectangular Cross Section Shear Stresses in
Beams of Circular Cross Section, Shear Stresses in the Webs of Beams with Flanges, Composite
Beams


22 | P a g e

Unit 3 14 hours
Analysis of Stress and Strain Introduction, Principal Stresses and Maximum Shear Stresses,
Mohrs Circle for Plane Stress, Hookes Law for Plane Stress, Triaxial Stress
Applications of Plane Stress (Pressure Vessels and Combined Loadings) Introduction, Spherical
Pressure Vessels, Cylindrical Pressure Vessels, and Combined Loadings
Strain Energy: Elastic strain energy in tension, shear, torsion and bending, theorem of Castigliano

Unit 4 14 hours
Deflections of Beams Introduction, Differential Equations of the Deflection Curve, Deflections by
Integration of the Bending-Moment Equation, Deflections by Integration of the Shear-Force and
Load Equations, Method of Superposition

Curved bars: Pure bending of curved bars, bending of curved bars by forces acting in the plane of
symmetry, particular cases of curved bards, deflection of curved bars, arch hinged at the ends
Columns Introduction, Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned Ends, Columns with Other
Support Conditions

Text Books:

E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hill of India, New Delhi, 1973.
S P Timoshenko, Strength of Materials: Elementary Theory and Problems (Part I), 3
rd
Edition, CBS
Publisher, 2002.
M L Gambhir, Fundamentals of solid mechanics: A Treatise on Strength of Materials Print Edition, PHI
Learning, 2009.

Reference Books:
S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl and T.V. Lardner, Mechanics of Solids: An Introduction, McGraw Hill International,
Tokyo, 1994.
R. C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials (SI Units), 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
G H Ryder, Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition, Macmillan, 2002.
S. P. Timoshenko, History of Strength of Materials New ed Edition (Paperback), Dover Publications, 1983.
J P Den Hartog, Strength of Materials, Dover Publications, 1961.
E. Russell Johnston, David F. Mazurek, John T. Dewolf, Ferdinand P. Beer, Mechanics of Materials (SI
Units), Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
Robert L. Mott, Applied Strength of Materials 5th Edition, Paperback, Prentice-Hall, 2009.
W A Nash, Strength of Materials 4 Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.


Course Code: ME 202 Course Title: Engineering Metallurgy
Course Structure:
Lectures: 4 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit -1 18 Hours
Introduction to Material Science and Metallurgy: Classification of Engineering Materials, Engineering
requirements of materials, Properties of engineering materials, Criteria for selection of materials for
engineering applications.
Iron-Carbon diagram, plain carbon steels, Allotropy of iron.
Crystallization of metals, Solidification of an alloy, solid solution types.
Thermal Equilibrium diagrams of binary alloys. Effects of Structure on Physical Properties.

Unit 2 18 Hours
Ferrous metal and its alloys
Cast Iron: Grades, Alloy Cast Iron, Malleable Iron, S. G. Iron.
23 | P a g e

Wrought Iron: Properties and uses.
Steel: Classification of Steels, Properties and uses, Effects of alloying metals.
Heat Treatment of Steels: Study of Heat-Treatment processes such as Normalizing, Annealing,
spheroidizing, hardening, tempering, austempering, martempering, case-hardening, nitriding,
cyaniding, induction hardening, flame-hardening, ageing.

Unit - 3 10 Hours
Non-destructive testing such as Radiography Testing, Dye Penetration Testing, Magnetic Particle
Testing, Ultrasonic Testing. Etc.
Unit - 4 10 Hours
Powder Metallurgy: introduction, manufacturing of parts using powder metallurgy, powder
manufacturing techniques, applications.
Composites material: introduction, classification, Application.

Text Books:
Sidney Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy 2nd Edition (Paperback), Tata McGraw-Hill
Education,2011.
Reza Abbaschian, Lara Abbaschian, Robert E. Reed- Hill, Principles of Physical Metallurgy 1st Edition
(Paperback, Cengage Learning India,2010
George Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education (1997)
S. P. Nayak, Engineering Metallurgy and Material Science
G. B. S. Narang and K. Manchanedy, Materials and Metallurgy,
Kodgire, .Materials and Metallurgy,
Reference Books:
Agrawal, Science of Engineering Material,
Dr. Swaroop and Dr. Saxena, Elements of Metallurgy,
V Raghavan, Elements of Material Science,
W.G. Vinas and HL Mancini, Introduction to Material,
Dharmendrakumar and S. K. Jain, Material Science and Manufacturing Process,
Robert Read, Physical Metallurgy,
V. Raghvan, Metallurgy for Engineers,
Bava, Metallurgy for Engineers,
Rollason, Physical Metallurgy,
Hyegins, Physical Metallurgy,
Rabert, Tool steel,
Annver, Material Science,
O.P. Khanna, Material Science,
William and collister Material Science and Engineering,

Course Code: ME 201 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: -
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1 12 hours
Concepts & Definitions:
Introduction ideal and real fluids, fluid continuum classification and properties of fluid.
Control volume, control mass, fluid element continuum concept - Newtons law of viscosity
Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, compressibility of fluids-bulk modulus-compression and
expansion of gases-speed of sound, vapour pressure, surface tension
Fluid at Rest:
Pressure at a point, basic equation for pressure field, pressure variation in a fluid at rest for
incompressible and compressible fluids Pressure variation in a fluid with rigid body motion-
24 | P a g e

linear motion- rigid body rotation. Pressure head- absolute and gauge pressures- measurement
of pressure- manometry simple, differential, inclined manometers.
Hydrostatic Forces on Surfaces:
Total pressure and centre of pressure forces on horizontal, vertical, inclined submerged
surfaces
Buoyancy and Floatation:
Buoyancy,-centre of buoyancy, equilibrium of floating bodies metacentric height, oscillation of
floating bodies

Unit 2 08 hours
Fluid Kinematics:
Eulerian and Lagrangian methods of describing flow Reynolds transport theorem- substantial
derivative and acceleration- translation, rotation and deformations Types of fluid flow -
Velocity field, steady and unsteady flows one, two and three dimensional flows -uniform and
non-uniform flows stream line, stream tube, path lines and streak lines. Equation of continuity
in differential form in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinate systems Equation of
stream line
Kinematic considerations of Vortex flows: vorticity dynamics, Kelvins circulation theorem,
Irrotational flows- velocity potential stream function - complex velocity, sources and sinks,
doublet. Plane source, source-sink pair, doublet and free vortex in a uniform flow.

Unit 3 12 hours
Fluid Dynamics: Ideal Fluid Flow Inviscid Incompressible Flows:
Flow analysis using control volume: Bernoullis equation practical application of Bernoulli
equation- orificemeter, venturimeter rotameter pitot tube, Impulse momentum equation
kinetic energy and momentum correction factors, momentum of momentum equation
Flow analysis using differential methods: Discharge in terms of stream function and velocity
potential function Laplace equation boundary conditions flow net
Principles of conservation, Conservation equations - mass, momentum and energy - differential
and integral forms of equations Bernouilli equation - Euler equation - linear motion and
deformation, angular motion and deformation, differential form of continuity equation- some
basic plane potential flows
Dimensional Analysis, Modeling and Similitude:
Physical quantities in fluid flow, dimensionally homogenous equations and their characteristics,
Buckinghams pi theory, calculation of dimensionless parameters and their physical significance,
similitude, models and scales.

Unit 4 10 hours
Fluid Dynamics - Viscous Incompressible Flows:
Laminar flow - two-dimensional flows without rotation- flow of viscous fluid between parallel
flat plates, Couette flow, plane Poiseuille flow, flow through pipes, Hagen Poiseuille flow. Flow
through pipes, laminar flow between parallel moving and stationary plates measurement of
viscosity Turbulent flow through pipes characteristics, shear stress in turbulent flow, concept
of eddy viscosity, Prandtl mixing length theory, hydrodynamically smooth and rough pipes,
Nikuradses experiment, Moodys chart
Losses in Pipe Flow
Pipe system major and minor losses , losses in fittings, transmission through pipes, pipes
connected in series and parallel, branched pipes, total energy line , hydraulic graidient lines.
Flow in pipes and bends, study of various losses.

Text Books:
White, F. M., Fluid Mechanics McGraw Hill Pub., 3
rd
Ed., New York, 1994,
Mohanty, A. K., Fluid Mechanics, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994
Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

Reference Books:
Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001
25 | P a g e

Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tat Mcgraw Hill P
Ltd., New Delhi ,2002
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Rathakrishnan, E,Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012

Course Code: CE 211 Course Title: Strength of Materials Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical :3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments:
Axial tension of mild steel and cast iron,
Compression on concrete,
Bending of beams,
Testing on shear,
Buckling of columns,
Experiments on shear centre,
Continuous and interconnected beams,
Unsymmetrical bending of angle sections,
Buckling of columns of various cross-section and end conditions.

References:

David, Troxell, Inspection and Testing of Engineering Materials, Wskocil.


Course Code: ME 211 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics Laboratory - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments:
Verification of Bernoulli theorem
Calibration of Pitot Static tube
Minor transmission losses in pipes,
Determination of friction factor of pipes,
Flow measurement by Orifices, venturimeter and rotameter,
computations of various coefficients involving jet flow through orifice,
Reynolds apparatus, Magnus effect.
Experiments on Free and forced vortex apparatus
Calibration of pressure gauge
Friction loss in pipes

Text Books:
White, F. M., Fluid Mechanics McGraw Hill Pub., 3
rd
Ed., New York, 1994,
Mohanty, A. K., Fluid Mechanics, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994
Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

26 | P a g e

Reference Books:
Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001
Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tat Mcgraw Hill P
Ltd., New Delhi ,2002
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Rathakrishnan, E,Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi

Course Code: ME 212 Course Title: Machine Drawing
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 1.0 credits
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 2.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Introduction to Machine Drawing 4 Hours
Machine elements:
Free hand sketches of m/c elements such as bolts, nuts, washers, studs, tapped holes. Conventional
representation of assembly of threaded parts in external and sectional views

Types of Drawings 4 Hours
Assembly Drawings, Production Drawing, Catalogue Drawing, Etc. IS conventions of Drawings

Lines and Dimensioning, Surface roughness: 4 Hours
Types of Lines and their significance, Types of Dimensioning Methods, Fits and Tolerance, allocation
of fits for various mating parts, tolerance data sheet, and tolerance table preparation Geometric
tolerance, Roughness and Machining symbols, indication on drawings.

Presentation of Views 2 Hours
Front view, top view, side view, sectional view, quarter section & half section, etc.

Practical Work: 42 hours

Drawings of the following using proportionate dimensions on Sheets.
a) Engine parts cylinder, liners, piston, connecting rod, crank shaft, stuffing boxes, cross
heads, Eccentrics.
b) Machine parts Screws jacks, Machine Vices, Plummer block, Tailstock.
c) Valves: Steam stop valve, spring loaded safety valve, feed check valve and air cock
Creating and modifying Drawings using AutoCAD
Creating and modifying 3D objects using AutoCAD.
Plotting the drawings in AutoCAD, plotting drawing using the plot dialog box, adding
plotters and using plot styles, plotting sheets.

Text Books:
N.D. Bhatt, Machine Drawing, Charotar Pub. House, V V Nagar
Laxminarayan & M.L. Mathur, A text book of Machine Drawing, Jain Brother, New Delhi
Kamat & Rao, Machine Drawing
Gautam Pohit & Gautam Ghosh M, chine Drawing with AUTO CAD, Pearson Education
M B shah, Machine Drawing
27 | P a g e


Reference Books:
A text Book of Machine drawing By R.B. Gupta Satya Prakashan Tech India Publication)
Machine Drawing by K.I. Narayana, P. Kannaiah, K.Venkata Reddy
Machine Drawing by Ajeet Singh (Tata McGraw Hill)

FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Code: BY 201 Course Title: Biology
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1 12 hours
Cell Biology:
Cell: As fundamental unit of Life, Chemical composition of cell (Basics of Biomolecules),
Grades of organization (Cell to organism level), Protein synthesis
Anatomy:
Basic terminology, Introduction to systemic anatomy, Anatomy of Musculoskeletal system
(Formation, structure and types: Bone, Cartilage, Joints, muscle).
Physiology:
Nutrition and diet, Blood and Lymph, Mechanism of muscle contraction, Skeleton and
Locomotion

Unit 2 10 hours
Muscles: review of muscle structure, active and passive tension of muscle, Hill muscle model,
joint motion
Failure Theories: Ductile and Brittle failure
Limitations of functional anatomical analysis: mechanical method of muscle action analysis,
Need of biomechanics to understand muscle action, Range of motion principle and force-motion
principle.
Linear Kinetics:
Newtons laws of motion, Inertia Principle, Muscle angle of pull, Contact forces, Impulse-
momentum relationship, Work-Energy relationship, Segmental Interaction Principle

Unit 3 10 hours
Mechanics of the Musculoskeletal System:
Introduction, tissue loads, response of tissue to forces stress; strain; stiffness and mechanical
strength; viscoelasticity, biomechanics of tendons, bones and ligaments, mechanical
characteristics of muscle, stretch-shortening cycle, force-time principle
Neuromuscular control:
Motor units, regulation of muscle force, Proprioception of Muscle Action and Movement

Unit 4 10 hours
Applications of Biomechanics:
Qualitative analysis of kicking, batting, catching, basketball free throw, dribbling, hip, shoulder
and spine biomechanics, biomechanics of knee replacement

Text Books:
Unit 1: Phillips W D. and Chilton T. J., A-level Biology, Oxford University Press, ISBN: 0199140898.

Unit 2-4:Knudson D., Fundamentals of Biomechanics, Springer, 2
nd
Edition, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-387-
49311-4
28 | P a g e


Reference Books:
Tortora G J and Derrickson B H, Principles of Anatomy and Physiology, John Wiley and Sons, 2008.
Fung Y. C., Biomechanics: Mechanical Properties of Living Tissues, Springer, 1993.
Ozkaa, N., Nordin, M., Goldsheyder D., Leger D., Fundamentals of Biomechanics, Springer, 2012.

Course Code: HS 202 Course Title: Economics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical:- nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory :3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1 12 hours
Basic Concepts & Definitions:
Economics as a Science of Wealth, Science of Material Welfare and Science of Scarcity. Nature of
Economic Problem. Economic Systems. Fundamental Problems of an Economy. Basic Terms
Goods, Utility, Value, Wealth and Income.
Demand Analysis:
Meaning of Demand, Law of Demand and Determinants of Demand. Elasticity of Demand
Price, Income, Cross and Advertising. Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Consume Surplus and
Indifference Curve Analysis.
Price Determination and Market Structure:
Introduction to Supply, Equilibrium Price and Forms of Market. Features of Different Forms of
Market.Price determination in Perfect Completion, Monopoly, Oligopoly and Monopolistic
Markets. Break-Even Analysis.

Unit 2 10 hours
Indian Economy:
Nature and Characteristics of Indian Economy. Contribution of Agriculture, Industry and Service
Sector to GDP, Employment.
Economic Planning and Role of Government.
Scio-Economic Problems in India Population - Effects and Causes of High Growth Rate of
Population.
Poverty Meaning, Causes and Effect of Poverty. Concept of Poverty Line.
Unemployment Types and Causes of Unemployment.
Economic Reforms and LPG model in Detail.
Indicators of development Human Development Index (HDI).


Unit 3 10 hours
Introduction to Macro Economics:
Difference between Micro and Macro Economics. Circular Flow of Income. Concepts and
Measurement of National Income. Introduction to the theory of Income, Employment and
Output. Consumption and Saving Function.
Money and Banking:
Definition, Types and Functions of Money. Role of Money in Economic Development. Types and
Functions of Banks. Credit Creation in Commercial Bank. Role of Central Bank.
Monetary Policy. Inflation- Meaning, Types, Causes, Effects and Measures to Correct Inflation.
Business Cycles.

Unit 4 10 hours
International Business:
International Trade, Free Trade v/s Protection.
Foreign Investment FDI and FPI, FDI Meaning, Determinants and Limitations of FDI.
29 | P a g e

FDI in India Policy Routes, Sector specific policies. Inflow of FDI Country wise, Sector wise
and State wise. DTAA & Prohibition of FDI
Foreign Exchange Meaning Rate (Determination and Changes).
Balance of payments Meaning Definition Structure and Components of BOP.

Text Books:
Dewett K.K. and J.D. Varma, Elementary Economic Theory S Chand & Co Ltd.
Ahuja H. L Principles of Microeconomics - A New-Look Textbook of Microeconomic Theory, S
Chand & Co Ltd.
Dutt, Ruddar and Sundram K.P.M. (2012): Indian Economy, Sultan & Chand Co., New Delhi
Cherunilam, Francis (2012), International Economics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi.

Reference Books:
Stonier, A.W and Hague (1972): A Text Book of Economic Theory, ELBS, London.
Ahuja, H.L. (2010): Advanced Economic Theory, Sultan Chand and Co., New Delhi.
Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi.
Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen. Economic Development and Social Opportunity. Oxford University
Press.
Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), New Delhi
Shankar Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, Indias Economy: Performances and Challenges:
Development and Participation, Oxford University Press.
Dominick Salvatore, International Economics: Trade and Finance, John Wiley International
Student Edition, 10th edition, 2011.
Samuelson, Paul Economics Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010

Course Code: EE 221 Course Title: Basic Electronics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 Hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 Hours per Week
Practicals:
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals :
Total Credits : 3.0
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit-1 9 Hours
Junction Diode Characteristics and Circuits:
Open Circuited p-n Junction, p-n Junction as a Rectifier, Breakdown Diodes, Tunnel Diode,
Semiconductor Photodiode, Photovoltaic Effect, Light Emitting Diodes, Diode as a Circuit Element,
Clipping Circuits, Clipping at Two Independent Levels, Comparators, Display Devices (LED and LCD).
LDR.
Unit-2 9 Hours
Transistors and Transducer.
Junction Transistor, Transistor as an Amplifier, CB Configuration, CE Configuration, CE Cutoff region,
CE Saturation Region, CE Current Gain, CC Configuration, Phototransistor. Potentiometer,
Temperature Sensor. Displacement Transducers, Linear Variable Differential Transformer,
Capacitance Sensors. Temperature transducers RTD, Thermisters, Thermocouples- Their Ranges, and
Applications. Transducers for Pressure, Level and Flow Measurement, Strain Measurement.

Unit-3 9 Hours
Combinational and Sequential digital CIRCUITS
Basic Concepts of Gates; Encoder, decoder, multiplexer and demultiplexer. Flip flops using gates
(R-S Flip flop s, D Flip flop, J-K Flip flop, T Flip Flop), Asynchronous input Flip flop.
Basic Concepts of Counters and Registers; Shift Left and Right Register; Registers With Parallel Load;
Serial-In-Parallel-Out (SIPO) and Parallel-In-Serial-Out (PISO); Register Using Different Type of Flip-
Flops; Ripple(asynchronous) counters; Up Down and Mod-N ripple counters; Design of Synchronous
Counter Using State Diagrams and State Table; BCD Counters; Modulo-N Counter; Up Down Counter;
Ring counter; Johnson Counter, Sequence Generators, ADC and DAC.
30 | P a g e


Unit-4 15 Hours
Embedded Microcontroller and Application
Introduction to PLC, Microprocessor and Microcontroller, 8051 family microcontrollers, hardware
architecture, input/output pins, I/O ports and circuits, on chip ram ,general purpose registers
,special function ,addressing modes, data move instructions, arithmetic and logical instructions,
jump, loop and call instructions, concepts of subroutines

Timers-counters, Concepts of interrupts Microcontroller programming - Assembly Language
Programming, timer and counter programming, connection to RS 232, Interrupt programming, ADC/
DAC interfacing, Waveform generation, speed control of DC motor, Stepper motor control.

Text Book:
Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory by Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky [Ninth Edition]
A. K. Sawhney, Electrical and electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai &
co.,17th
Edition.
M. Mazidi and others, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, PRENTICE Hall Of India,
3
rd
edition

Reference Books:
Integrated Electronics By Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Electronics Devices by Floyd , Pearson Publication [Seventh edition]
Morris Mano, Digital Logic And Computer Design, Prentice Hall Of India, 2005.

Course Code: EE 231 Course Title: Basic Electronics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practicals : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Study of Diode Characteristics,
2. Study of BJT Characteristics,
3. Study of FET Characteristics,
4. Study of CE Amplifier,
5. Study of CB Amplifier,
6. Study of, CC Amplifier,
7. Study of Diode Clipper Circuits,
8. Study of Diode Clamper Circuits,
9. Study Single Phase Half bridge Diode rectifier
10. Study Single Phase Full bridge Diode rectifier

Reference Books:
Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Floyd, Electronics Devices, Pearson Publication, Seventh edition
Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Ninth Edition.

Course Code: ME 203 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per
Week
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

31 | P a g e

Course Outline

Unit 1 11 hours
Boundary Layer Theory:
Prandtl laminar boundary layer concept for flow over flat surface - boundary layer equations in
differential and integral forms Blasius solution - von Karman momentum integral equation
boundary layer thickness- displacement thickness- momentum thickness and energy thickness,
turbulent boundary layer on a flat plate, total drag on a flat plate due to laminar and turbulent
boundary layer, boundary layer separation control of separation
Flow Around Submerged Bodies Drag and Lift:
Dimensional analysis of drag and lift- stream lined and bluff bodies, drag on sphere and cylinders,
circulation and lift position of stagnation points, pressure at any point of the circular cylinder,
Kutta-Joukowski theorem for lift, lift coefficient, magnus effect

Unit 2 11 hours
Compressible Flow Theory:
Review of conservation laws for compressible flow- integral and differential forms of continuity,
momentum and energy equation.
Concepts of Compressible Flow -Velocity of sound-Mach number and its significance-incompressible
- subsonic and supersonic flows-physical difference between various flow regimes-concept of
stagnation conditions-kinetic form of steady flow energy equation-reference speed of compressible
flow-stream thrust and impulse function- effect of compressibility on dynamic properties-steady
one-dimensional compressible flow of perfect gas
Isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas
Governing equations-effect of area variation-reference states and isentropic flow relations-
supersonic nozzles-differential equations governing flow with area change-adiabatic flow

Unit 3 11 hours
Non-isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas:
Fanno Flow- Fanno relations for ideal gas- change in entropy due to friction dynamic equation-
differential equations governing flow with friction-isothermal flow in long constant area ducts.
Rayleigh Flow- Rayleigh line- significance of maximum entropy and enthalpy-Rayleigh relations for a
perfect gas-amount of heat transfer.
Normal Shock Waves - Types of flow in compressible flow general characteristics of normal shock
normal shock equations Prandtl-Meyer equation, Rankine Hugoniot relations, weak and strong
shocks

Unit 4 09 hours
Oblique Shock Waves weak compression and expansion waves compression shock wave and
expansion fan governing equation of oblique shock
Flow Through Nozzles and Diffusers operation of nozzles under varying pressure ratio-under
expansion and over expansion in nozzles- losses in nozzles- performance of diffusers-subsonic and
supersonic air intakes- wind tunnel
Propulsion Systems air breathing propulsion aircraft propulsion engines comparison of
propulsion systems.

Text Books:
Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008
Balachandran, P., Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, 2
nd
print, Prentice Hall India P Ltd., New
Delhi, 2007
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012

Reference Books:
Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
32 | P a g e

Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Shames, H., Mechanics of Fluids, 3
rd
Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1962
Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A.J., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., John Wiley, 1994
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006


Course Code: ME 215 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics II Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : -
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments

Impact of Jet on stationary flat and curved surfaces
Wind tunnel test on flow around submerged bodies like cylinders pressure distribution
Wind tunnel test on flow aerofoil sections - Drag and Lift
Flow through nozzles and diffusers
Performance evaluation of reciprocating air compressor
Performance testing on centrifugal fan
Performance testing on centrifugal blowers
Determination of friction factor for flow through pipes under laminar and turbulent flow
conditions.

Text Books:
Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008
Balachandran, P., Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, 2
nd
print, Prentice Hall India P Ltd., New
Delhi, 2007
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012

Reference Books:
Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Shames, H., Mechanics of Fluids, 3
rd
Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1962
Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A.J., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., John Wiley, 1994
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006


Course Code: ME 204 Course Title: Manufacturing Technology I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II
Course Outline

Unit 1 (8 hours)
Introduction: Introduction to manufacturing, classification of manufacturing processes and machine
tools, Primary cutting motions, feed and auxiliary motion, gearing diagram, transmission ratio of
drives


33 | P a g e

Unit 2 (14 hours)
Mechanics of Machining: Geometry of single point cutting tool, tool signature systems and its
conversion, mechanism of chip formation, orthogonal and oblique cutting, chip breakers, machining
forces and merchants diagram, Cutting temperature- causes, effects,, assessment & control, cutting
fluid.
Machinability: Concept of machinability and its improvement, failure of cutting tool and its life,
cutting tool materials

Unit 3 (16 hours)
Turning: basic principle, purpose and application, turning allied operations like facing, taper turning,
setting of machines for various jobs special attachments and accessories.

Drilling, reaming and Boring: basic principle, purpose and application, mechanisms- attachments and
accessories tools

Milling: Classification, kinematic diagram of column and knee type of milling machine types of
milling operations holding of tool and work, indexing

Unit 4 (10 hours)
Abrasive Machining: Importance of finishing process, basic principle, purpose and application, types
of machines and operations, selection of grinding wheel and their conditioning
Broaching: basic principle, purpose and application
Super finishing Operations: Honing, lapping, super finishing

Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata
McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books
V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin, Principles of Engineering Manufacture, 3 rd Edition, Viva
Publications
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)


Course Code: ME 205 Course Title: Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1: Mechanism & Machines: (3+6= 9hours)
Terminology and Definitions, Mechanism & Machines. rigid and resistance body, Links, frame,
Kinematic pair, Types of motion, degrees of freedom, classification of Kinematic pairs, Kinematic
Chain & its types, Linkage, Grashoffs Criterion Mechanics, Kinematic Inversion of Single and Double
slider crank Chain, Four bar Chain Mechanism with lower pairs, Straight line mechanism and
approximate straight line mechanism such as Paucellier, Harts mechanism, Watt, ModifiedScott-
Russel, Grasshoper, Roberts mechanism, Hookes Joint its analysis, condition for equal speed of
driven and driver shafts, Double Hooks Joint, Quick return mechanisms, Steering gear mechanisms
such as Davis and Ackermann Steering gear.
Kinematics:
34 | P a g e

Displacement, velocity and acceleration and analysis in simple mechanisms, Graphical Method
velocity and acceleration polygons, Instantaneous Centre of Velocity, Kennedy Theorem, Angular
velocity ratio theorem, Kinematic Analysis of Mechanism like Slider Crank Mechanism, Four-Bar
Mechanism

Unit 2: Belts, Ropes, Chains: (6 hours)
Introduction, belt and ropes drives, selection of belt drive, types of belt drives,V-belts, materials
used for belt and rope drives, wire rope, Slip and Creep of belt, tensions for flat belt drive, angle of
contact, centrifugal tension, maximum tension of belt, Chains, Classification, length, angular speed
ratio, classification of chains.

Unit 3: Gears & Gear Trains: (7 hours)
Introduction, Classification of Gears, Gear Terminology, Law of Gearing, Velocity of Sliding, Forms of
teeth, Cyclodial Profile Teeth, Both of Contact, Arc of the contact, Numbers of pairs teeth in contact,
Interference in involutes gears, Minimum Number of teeth, Interference between Rack and Pinion,
Under cutting, Comparison of Cyclodial and involutes tooth forms, Efficiency of Helical, Spiral,
Worm, Worm Gear, and Bevel Gears. Simple, Compound, Reverted, Epicyclic gear trains.

Cams: (6 hours)
Introduction, Definitions of cam and followers their uses, Types of Cams,Types of Followers and their
motion, Cam Terminology, Displacement Diagrams, Motion of the Followers, Analysis of motion of
followers : Roller follower, circular cam with straight, concave and convex ,flanks Graphical
Construction of the Profile.

Unit: 4 Synthesis of linkages (4 hours)
Kinematic synthesis, Function generation, Path generation, Motion generation, Graphical synthesis,
Precision positions, Structural error and chebychev spacing.

Unit: 5 Gyroscope (5 hours)
Concept of gyroscope, Angular acceleration, Gyroscopic effects in ships, Airplanes, Stability of two
wheeled vehicle, gyroscopic analysis of inclined rotating discs

Unit: 6 Flywheel (5 hours)

Function, construction, Flywheels rim and dimensions, Operation of flywheel in a punching
machine, Turning moment diagram, Fluctuation of energy and fluctuation of speed of crank shaft,
Coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed.

Text Books:
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi

Reference Books
Rao J.S. and Dukkipati R.V: Mechanisms and theory Machines theory, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mabie H.H and Ocvirk, F.W: Kinematic and Dynamics of Machinery,3
rd
Edition ,John wiley and sons.
Shigley, J.E and Uicker, J.J: Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Oxford University Press
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME 211 Course Title: Workshop Practices - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II
35 | P a g e


Experiments on
Lathe tool dynamometer (Making of Merchant Circle)
Examples on tool life & machinability index

Carrying out jobs with operations
Turning
Facing
Taper turning
Grooving
Thread cutting (internal and external)
Drilling
Slotting

Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata
McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books:
V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin. Principles of Engineering Manufacture , 3 rd Edition, Viva
Publications
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)

FIFTH SEMESTER

Course Code: Course Title: HSSM Elective -1 Research Methodology
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 Hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 Credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE: To develop:
an understanding of knowledge in research
understanding about various paradigms of research
competence to conduct research independently
capacity to of research writing
ethical dimensions in research
Course Outline

Unit 1: : Designing of Research
- Research and its types
- Identification and Problem formulation
- Experimental research
- Review of literature

Unit 2: Research Methodology
- Research aims and hypothesis
- Sampling
- Data collection
- Tools and techniques
36 | P a g e

- Reliability and validity of tools
Unit 3: Analysis and Interpretation
- Data checking
- Data Analysis
- Interpretation of results
- Guidelines in Interpretations
- Use of computer technology in analysis
Unit 4: Scientific Writing and Ethics in Research
- Writing the research report
- Writing of papers and synopsis
- Reference writing
- Importance of Ethics in Research
- Integrity in Research

References:
Abdul Rahim, R. (1996). Thesis Writing: A Manual for Researchers. New Age International (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi
Cocharan, W.G. (1963). Sampling Techniques, 2
nd
edn. John Wiley and Sons, New York
Dan J. (1998). Technical Writing Style. Pearson Education Company, Massachusetts.
Ganesan, R. (2011). Research Methodology for Engineers, MJP publishers, New Delhi.
Gay L.R. (1996). Educational Research: Competencies for Analysis and Applications, 5
th
edn., Prentice
Hall, Inc., New Jersey.
Kothari C.R. (22004). Research methodolgu Method and Techniques, 2
nd
edn., New Age
International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
Mangal S.K., S. Mangal (2013). Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences,PHI Learning Private
Ltd. New Delhi.


Course Code: Course Title: Environmental Science
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hour per Week
Practical: ----
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 2.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Unit -1 7 hours
Environmental Problems, waste water treatment
Unit 2 7 hours
Industrial waste water treatment, nuclear waste water treatment, power plant waste water
treatment.

Unit 3 7 hours
Solid waste management, E-waste, production of waste and disposal of waste, incineration, land
filling.

Unit 4 7 hours
Air pollution & Health: Types of air pollutants, Impact on human health, Air quality guidelines in
protecting public health- global climate change and its effect.

Text Books:
Air pollution : M.N.Rao & H.V.N.Roa
Water supply and sanitary Engineering: G.S.Birdi.
Waste Water supply engineering : S.K.Garg
Waste Water supply engineering : B.C.Punamia


37 | P a g e

Reference Books:
Waste-water engineering treatment, disposal: Metcalf & Eddy
Water supply and sanitary Engineering: Peavy

Course Code: ME Course Title: Heat and Mass Transfer
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per
Week
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1 16 hours
Introduction to Heat Transfer: Modes of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation,
Conduction Heat Transfer: Fouriers law of heat conduction and thermal conductivity, General
unsteady three dimensional heat conduction equation with heat generation - in Cartesian
coordinates, cylindrical co-ordinates and spherical co-ordinates. thermal diffusitivity, Reduction
of general equation for various cases of unsteady and steady heat conduction with and without
heat generation.
Steady State Heat Conduction: One dimensional steady state heat conduction through simple
or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls with uniform non-uniform thermal
conductivity without heat generation, Thermal contact resistance, one dimensional steady state,
heat conduction in plane, cylindrical and spherical bodies with heat generation.
Heat transfer between fluids separated by simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical
walls, Overall heat transfer co-efficient, heat insulation, materials for heat insulation, critical
thickness of insulation on cylindrical and spherical systems, extended surfaces- Fins, types of
fins, heat transfer from straight fin of uniform cross section, effectiveness and efficiency of fins.

Unsteady State Heat Conduction: Unsteady state heat conduction process, Heating or cooling
with known temperature distribution, unsteady state system with negligible internal thermal
resistance (Lumped heat capacity analysis). Transient heat conduction in bodies with finite
internal and surface resistance.

Unit 2 16 hours
Introduction to Convection Heat Transfer: Mechanism of convection, free and forced
convection, Film theory and Newtons law of cooling,

Forced Convection Heat Transfer: Laminar and turbulent flows of incompressible fluid over flat
surface with forced convection heat transfer - hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer,
Blasius exact solution and Kroujiline approximate solutions - Similarity solutions of mass,
momentum and energy equation of boundary layer - dimensionless numbers, Experimental
results and correlation for forced convection. Reynolds analogy between friction and heat
transfer.

Forced convection heat transfer through stationary horizontal tubes: laminar flow analysis
hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer, constant heat flux and constant temperature
boundary conditions. Turbulent flow heat transfer through tubes - Experimental based
correlations.

Basic theory of condensation and boiling.

Unit 3 12 hours
Radiation Heat Transfer:
Elements of radiant energy propagation: : Electromagnetic spectrum and thermal radiation,
Absorptivity, Reflectivity and Transitivity, Black, white, transparent and opaque bodies, specular
38 | P a g e

diffuse reflection, Emissive power, Monochromatic emissive power, Plancks law Wiens
displacement law, Stefan-Boltzmann's law, Emissivity, Monochromatic emissivity, Gray Body,
Kirchoffs law, solid angle and radiation intensity, Lamberts cosine law.
Radiation exchange between surfaces: heat exchange by radiation between two infinite
parallel surfaces, two infinitely long concentric cylinders, and two concentric spheres, Heat
exchange by radiation between two finite surfaces, shape factor and its properties, Radiation
shields.

Unit 4 12 hours
Heat Exchangers:
Types of heat exchangers, LMTD method for parallel and counter-flow heat exchangers, Mean
temperature difference for cross flow, Heat exchanger effectiveness, Effectiveness-NTU method,
fouling factor, Heat exchanger design considerations.

Elements of Mass Transfer:
Mass transfer process, classification of mass transfer operations, Molecular diffusion, Ficks law
of diffusion, Molecular diffusion in solids, liquids and gases, Diffusion in binary gas mixtures,
Equi-molar counter diffusion in gases, Analogy between transport phenomena, Momentum,
Heat and Mass Transfer. Mass transfer correlations.

Text Books:
Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons, 6
th

Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Kothandaraman, C. P., Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer, 4
th
ed., New Age International
Publishers, 2012
Dutta, B. K, Heat Transfer Principles and Applications, Prentice Hall of India P. ltd., 2007


Reference Books:
Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., Heat Transfer , 2
nd
Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989
Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, Heat & Mass Transfer,2
nd
Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011
Goshdastidar, P. S., Heat Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012
Rathore, M.M., Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006
Kumar, D. S., Heat & Mass Transfer, 6
th
revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001
Rajput, R.K, Heat & Mass Transfer, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010

Course Code: ME Course Title: Heat and Mass Transfer Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : -
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Experiments

Determination of heat transfer rate through composite solid wall
Determination of thermal conductivity of insulating powder
Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal rod
Determination of rate of heat transfer under unsteady state condition
Determination of heat transfer rate , fin efficiency and temperature distribution along the
length of a pin fin under forced and free convection boundary condition
Determination of heat transfer coefficient during forced convection heat transfer.
Determination of heat transfer coefficient during free convection heat transfer.
Determination of emissivity of a surface
Performance evaluation of parallel and counter-flow tube-in-tube heat exchangers
Performance evaluation of shell and tube surface condenser

39 | P a g e

Text Books:
Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons, 6
th

Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Kothandaraman, C. P., Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer, 4
th
ed., New Age International
Publishers, 2012
Dutta, B. K, Heat Transfer Principles and Applications, Prentice Hall of India P. ltd., 2007

Reference Books:
Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., Heat Transfer , 2
nd
Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989
Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, Heat & Mass Transfer,2
nd
Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011
Goshdastidar, P. S., Heat Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012
Rathore, M.M., Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006
Kumar, D. S., Heat & Mass Transfer, 6
th
revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001
Rajput, R.K, Heat & Mass Transfer, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010

Course Code: ME Course Title: Manufacturing Technology - 2
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practicals:Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals : 1.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Unit 1:
Metal Forming (12 hours)
Elastic and plastic deformation, Concept of strain hardening.
Hot and cold working processes - rolling, forging, extrusion, swaging, wire and tube drawing.
Machines and equipment for the processes.

Unit 2
Sheet Metal Working (8 hours)
Applications of sheet formed products.
Shearing mechanism, Processes like blanking, piercing, punching, trimming, etc. Forming
processes like bending, cup drawing, coining, embossing, etc.
Presses for sheet metal working; Part feeding systems; Elements of die; punch and die
clearances; Progressive, compound and combination dies.
High energy rate forming processes.

Unit 3
Metal Casting (11 hours)
Introduction: Brief History, Advantages and Limitations, Applications
Patterns: Pattern materials, allowances, types of pattern, color code scheme
Sand Casting: Green and dry sand casting process, types of sand, molding sand and its
properties, molding sand composition.
Cores: Use, core material, types of cores, advantages and limitations, core prints, chaplets
Gating and Risering System: Element of gating systems, types of gates, Riser design
considerations
Special Molding Processes: Carbon dioxide molding process, Investment casting process, Die
casting process, shell molding process, Full molding process, Vacuum-Sealed casting process
Casting defects: Causes and remedies of defects such as blowholes, pinholes, blisters, hot
tears, cold shut, metal penetration.
Unit 4:
Welding and allied Processes (11 hours)
Introduction: Principle of welding, Applications, Classification of welding processes
40 | P a g e

Manual metal arc(MMA) or shielded metal arc (SMA) welding: Equipment requirement,
electrodes, coating constituents and their functions, types of coatings; current and voltage
selection for electrodes.
Submerged arc welding (SAW): Process details, consumables such as fluxes and wires for
welding and field of applications.
Gas metal arc welding (GMAW) or MIG/MAG welding: Process details, shielding gases,
electrode wires, their sizes, and welding current ranges.
TIG welding: Process details, power sources requirements, electrode sizes and materials,
current carrying capacities of different electrodes, shielding gases, application of process.
Resistance welding: General principle of heat generation in resistance welding, application
of resistance welding processes. Process details and working principle of spot, seam, and.
projection welding, electrode materials, shapes of electrodes, electrode cooling, selection of
welding currents, voltages.
Brazing, braze welding and soldering
Welding defects and its remedies.

Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding (Volume - 1) 4
th
Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education
Reference books
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)
Little, L. Richard.Welding and Welding Technology 1st Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2001)
Kumar, Surender. Technology of Metal Forming Processes. PHI Learning Private Limited (2008)
Khanna, O. P. Foundry Technology. 15th Edition. Dhanpat Rai Publications (2011)

Course Code: ME Course Title: Manufacturing Technology 2 Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 0 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hour per Week
Practicals: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Study of various welding joints and symbols
Study of Manual metal arc welding
Study of Metal inert gas welding
Study of Tungsten Inert gas welding
Study of Submerge metal arc welding
Study of oxy acetylene welding and cutting
Study of resistance spot welding
Study of punching, blanking, deep drawing
Study of Electro discharge machining.
Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding (Volume - 1) 4
th
Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education

Reference books
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)
Little, L. Richard.Welding and Welding Technology 1st Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2001)
41 | P a g e

Kumar, Surender. Technology of Metal Forming Processes. PHI Learning Private Limited (2008)
Khanna, O. P. Foundry Technology. 15th Edition. Dhanpat Rai Publications (2011)

Course Code: Course Title: Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Governors: (6 hours)
Introduction, Function and types of governors, Centrifugal governors, Watt governor, Porter
governor, Proell governor, Hartnell governor, characteristics of governor- stability, Sensitivity,
isochronism, Hunting controlling forces and stability, Effort and power of governor, Inertia governor

Unit 2: Inertia forces in reciprocating parts: (6 hours)
Introduction, D Albertss Principle, Effect of number of forces on a rigid, Velocity and acceleration
of the piston, Forces on the reciprocating parts of an engine considering friction and inertia of
moving parts- piston effort, force acting along connecting rod, Thrust on sides of cylinder walls,
Crank effort, Thrust on crank shaft, Dynamically equivalent systems, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar
suspension.

Unit 3: Balancing: (12 hours)
Need for balancing, Static balance, balancing of rotating masses in same and different planes,
Dynamic balancing, balancing of reciprocating masses, Balancing of locomotives, Partial balancing of
locomotives, swaying couple, hammer blow, variation in tractive effort, Balancing of multi cylinder in
line engines, direct and reverse crank concept.

Unit: 4 Mechanical Vibrations (18 hours)
Introduction, Degree of freedom, Types of vibrations, uses effects and remedy; free natural
vibrations, Damped vibrations; under damped, critically damped and over damped systems, Forced
vibrations with and without damping in single degree of freedom, rotating and reciprocating
unbalance, base excitations, Longitudinal and Transverse Vibrations, whirling of shaft with a single
disc with and without damping, Dunkerley's method for simply supported beams, Torsional
vibrations, torsionally equivalent system, stepped shafts Vibration measuring instruments,
vibrometer, accelerometer and frequency measuring instruments.

Text Books:
Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee

Reference Books
Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication
Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune
Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: Course Title: Kinematics and Dynamics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : fifth
42 | P a g e

Practical : 3 hours per Week Total Credits : 1.5 credits Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

To study and Observe the gyroscopic effect of a rotating disc
To balance the masses statically and dynamically of a single rotating mass system
To observation of effect of unbalance in a rotating mass system
Display of various modes of whirl for a shaft with
(a) both end fixed (b) one end fix and one end free (c) both end directionally free
Modes of vibration can be studied and frequency can be measured in each case
To study the effect of varying the initial spring compression in Hartnell Governor
To study the effect of varying the mass of the center sleeve in Porter and Proell
Governor
To study the determination of characteristics curves of radius of rotation against
controlling force (Actual & Theoretical) for all governors
To verify the relation of simple pendulum
To verify the relation of compound pendulum & to determine the radius of gyration
To study radius of gyration of bi-filar suspension
To study the undamped free vibration of spring mass system
To study the longitudinal vibration of helical coiled spring
To study Undamped torsional vibrations of single rotor system
To study Undamped torsional vibrations of double rotor system
Verification of Dunkerley's Rule

Text Books:
Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee


Reference Books
Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication
Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune
Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education


Course Code: ME Course Title: Machine Design - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Design consideration of Machine Parts (4+4= 8 hours)

Definition and understanding of various types of design, Morphology of design, Design procedure, ,
Selection of materials, Properties and I.S. coding of various materials, factors of safety, Stress
Concentration and methods of relieving stresses, Types of stresses-tensile, compressive, shear,
bending, bearing, crushing, Eccentric axial stresses, principle stress, Standardization and preferred
numbers, Residual stresses.
Fatigue Loading:
Design for fluctuating stresses, Endurance limit, Estimation of Endurance strength, Goodmans
43 | P a g e

Line, Soderbergs line, Modified Goodmans line.

Unit 2: Design of Shaft, Keys and Couplings (9 hours)
Design of solid and hollow shaft for transmission of torque, bending moment and axial forces, Design
of shaft for critical speed, design of shaft for rigidity and stiffness,
Design of different types of keys, design of a muff and clamp coupling, Rigid coupling, Flange
Coupling, Flexible coupling- Oldham, universal coupling.

Unit 3: Design of Fasteners: (9 hours)

a)Design of Riveted Joints:
Types of riveted joints, design of double and triple riveted butt joints with equal and unequal cover
plates, Design of Circumferential joint, Longitudinal Butt Joint, Eccentric loading.
b) Welded Joints
Types of welded joints, stresses in welded joints, Design for various loading conditions in torsion,
shear, or direct load, eccentrically loaded welded
joints, welding symbols.
c) Miscellaneous Joints:
Design of Gibb and cotter, and knuckle joint, Design of Spigot and socket Joint, Design of Turn
buckle.

Unit: 4 Power Screws: (4+4 hours)

Types of power screw threads, design of screw with different types of threads used in practice,
Design of nuts, Design of C clamp, Screw jack
Levers:
General Procedure for design of levers, design of lever for safety valve, design of bell crank lever,
design of rocker arm for exhaust valves.

Unit: 5 Design of springs: (8 hours)

Classification, spring materials and its selection, Wahls' factor and its use in design of spring,
cylindrical helical spring with axial loading, Buckling of compression spring, Design of compression
spring, design of leaf spring.

Text Books:
P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal Machine Design, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009.
V. B. Bhandari Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

Reference Books:
S. G. Kulkarni, Machine Design - Solved Problems", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, "Mechanical Engineering Design", McGraw Hill
International Edition.
Machine Design by Shigley Tata McGraw hill.
Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education.
Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

SIXTH SEMESTER

Course Code: ME Course Title: Industrial Engineering operations Research
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1
Practicals: -
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III
44 | P a g e


Course Outline

Unit 1: : Industrial Engineering (8 hours)
Taylors scientific management, Gilbreths contributions; productivity concepts and
measurements; method study, micro-motion study, principles of motion economy; work
measurement stop watch time study, work sampling, standard data, pre-determined motion time
standards (PMTS), Principles of Plant layout and Types

Unit 2 : production Planning and Control (10 hours)
Types of production systems and their characteristics functions and objectives of P.P.C.
Forecasting techniques causal and time series models, moving average, exponential smoothing,
trend and seasonality
Aggregate production planning; master production scheduling; MRP and MRP-II; order control and
flow control; routing, scheduling and priority dispatching, sequencing, assembly line balancing

Unit 3: Inventory Control (4 hours)
Inventory functions, costs, classifications, deterministic and probabilistic inventory models,
quantity discount; perpetual and periodic inventory control systems.

Unit 4: Operation Research (20 hours)
Linear programming problem formulation, simplex method, duality and sensitivity analysis;
transportation and assignment models; network flow models; simple queuing models; PERT and
CPM, time-cost trade-off, resource leveling

Text Books:
N.V.S.Raju, Industrial Engineering and Management, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning (2013)
Hamdy A. Taha Operations Research: An Introduction. DORLING KINDERSLEY (RS) (2012)
N. D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
(2009)
Sarin, R. K & Buffa, E.S, Modern Production/Operations Management, 8th Edition, Wiley India Pvt
Ltd (2011)

Reference Books

Chary, S. N, Production and Operations Management, 5th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill (2012)
Billington Peter J., Narasimhan Setharama L., Mcleavey Dennis W., Production Planning and
Inventory Control, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall (2009)
J K Sharma, Operations Research: Theory and Applications, 5th Edition, Macmillan (2013)
Mertand. T Telsang, Industrial Engineering And Production Management, 2nd Edition, S. Chand
(2006)

Course Code: ME Course Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: Nil
Practicals: 0 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)
Introduction to Metrology & Quality control.
Meaning, Necessity and Objectives of Metrology; Standards of Measurement; Elements of
Measuring System; Methods of Measurement; Precision and Accuracy; Sources of Errors; Selection
and Care of instruments; Standardizing organizations.

45 | P a g e

Linear Measurement
Introduction & classification of Linear Measuring Instruments; Least count; Engineers Steel rule;
Callipers; Vernier Calliper: working principle, construction, types & precautions to be taken; Vernier
Height Gauge; Vernier Depth Gauge, Micrometers: principle, construction, Sources of errors and
precautions to be taken, types of micrometers, Miscellaneous linear measuring instruments like bore
gauge, telescopic gauge, slip gauges, Dial indicators: construction & working; comparators;
calibration of various linear measuring instruments; Applications, Advantages & Limitations of
commonly used linear measuring instruments

Unit 2 (10 hours)
Limits Fits & Tolerances
Definition of tolerance, specification in assembly, principle of inter changeability and selective
assembly. Concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of
tolerances. Definition of fits, types of fits. Hole basis system and shaft basis system. Classification of
gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor's principles), wear allowance on gauges. Types of
gauges -plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge, gauge materials.

Unit 3 (12 hours)
Angular & Taper Measurement
Introduction; Working principle & construction of Angular Measuring instruments like Protractors,
Sine bars, Sine centre, Angle gauges, Spirit level, Clinometers, Applications, Advantages & limitations
of commonly used angular measuring instruments; Taper Measuring instruments: Measurement of
taper shafts.

Screw Thread measurement
Introduction & classification of Threads; Elements, Specification & forms of Screw Threads; Various
Methods for measuring elements of External & Internal Screw Thread; Screw Thread Gauges; Errors
in Threads.
Gear Measurement
Introduction & Classification of gears; Forms of gear teeth; Gear tooth terminology; Measurement
and testing of spur gear: Various methods of measuring tooth thickness, tooth profile & pitch; Gear
Errors.
Straightness, Flatness, Squareness & Parallelism
Introduction; Measurement of Straightness, Flatness, Squareness and Parallelism; run out and
concentricity

Unit 4 (12 hours)
Measurement of surface finish
Introduction; Surface Texture; Methods of Measuring Surface finish- Comparison Methods & Direct
Instrument Measurement; Sample Length; Numerical Evaluation of Surface Texture; Indication of
Surface roughness Symbols used; Adverse effects of poor surface finish.
Interferometry
Interferometry & its application
Introduction to CMM

Books
Text Books:
Metrology And Measurement by Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill
Education (2009)
Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)

Reference Books

Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010
Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill.
Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008)
Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998
46 | P a g e

Course Code: ME
Course Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I
Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 0 hours per Week
Tutorials: Nil
Practicals: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline


Measurement of linear dimensions with venire, micrometer, scale, slip gauge & Tape.
Measurement of angle by sine bar and sine centre.
Measurement of Straightness, flatness, roundness and cylindricity.
Measurement of surface roughness.
Measurement of screw thread parameters.
Measurement of gear tooth.
Part Measurement with CMM.
Experiments on limits, fits and tolerance with go no go gauge.
Study and experiment on comparator.
Study and experiment on profile projector.
Measurement of optical surface using interferometer.

Text Books:
Metrology And Measurementby Vinay a Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill
Education (2009)
Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)

Reference Books
Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010
Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill.
Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008)
Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998
Course Code: ME Course Title: Energy Conversion - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1 10 hours

Thermodynamic cycles of I.C. engines: Otto cycle, diesel cycle, dual combustion cycle, air
standard efficiency, four stroke cycle engines, valve timing diagrams, two stroke cycle engines,
port timing diagram, spark ignition and compression ignition engines.

Fuels and Combustion Phenomena in I.C. Engines:
Normal combustion in S. I. and C. I. Engines, abnormal combustion in S. I. And C. I. Engines,
Effects of working parameters on knocking. Effect of knocking on engine performance,
Reduction of knocking, Forms of combustion chamber of S.I. and C.I. engines and their relative
merits and demerits. Rating of fuels, Additives.

Unit 2 10 hours
Types of I. C. Engines:
47 | P a g e

Stationary, vehicular, locomotive, marine and aircraft engines, Inline, V, opposed cylinder,
opposed piston and radial engines, single acting and double acting engines, Rotary piston
engines, Free piston engine, Naturally aspirated and supercharged engines
.
System of I. C. Engines:
Fuel system, Governing system, Lubricants, lubricating system, cooling system.

Thermal Performance of I. C. engines:
Powers, mechanical efficiency, mean effective pressure, torque, specific fuel consumption,
thermal efficiency, heat balance test, engine performance curves

Exhaust, smoke and other emissions:
Various constituents of exhaust gas emission and control

Unit 3 14 hours
Refrigeration and Air- conditioning:
Refrigeration and air conditioning applications, units of refrigeration, coefficient of performance,
Types of refrigeration system, air refrigeration, Bell- Coleman cycle and aircraft cooling, Vapour
compression refrigeration and its analysis with the help of tables and p-h charts, vapour
absorption refrigeration system, Desirable properties of a refrigerant (ideal refrigerant),
common refrigerants.
Objectives and parameters of air conditioning, Psychometric properties of moist air,
psychrometer, psychometric charts and tables, Basic psychometric processes and their analysis
with the aid of charts and tables.

Unit 4 08 hours

Reciprocating Air Compressor:
Single stage and multistage perfect and imperfect inter-cooling. Effect of clearance- Isothermal
efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Rating of compressors.
Rotary compressor:
Classification, displacement compressors, root type, vane type, screw type etc.

Text Books:

Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006
Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007
Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004
Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

Reference Books:

Heywood, B., Inetrnal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill, Singapore, 2002
Mathur, M.L., & Sharma R.P., A Course In I.C. Engines, Dhanpatrai & Sons, 1992
Shyam Agarwal, Internal Combustion Engines, New Age India Ltd., 2006
Threlkeld, J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall , 2002
Stoecker, W., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004
Dossat, R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley & Sons, 2000

Course Code: ME Course Title: Energy Conversion I Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures:
Tutorials: -
Practical:- 3 hours per
Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory :
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

48 | P a g e

Course Outline

List of Experiment:
Performance evaluation single cylinder petrol engine
Performance evaluation single cylinder diesel engine
Morse test on multi-cylinder I C engine
Determination of flash and fire point of a fuel
Determination of calorific value of gaseous fuel
Determination of calorific value of liquid fuel
Performance evaluation of a vapour compression refrigeration system
Performance evaluation of air-conditioning system
Performance evaluation of an evaporative cooling system
Performance evaluation of a vapour absorption refrigeration system
Experimental study of psychrometric processes

Text Books:
Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006
Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007
Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004
Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

Reference Books:
Heywood, B., Inetrnal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill, Singapore, 2002
Mathur, M.L., & Sharma R.P., A Course In I.C. Engines, Dhanpatrai & Sons, 1992
Shyam Agarwal, Internal Combustion Engines, New Age India Ltd., 2006
Threlkeld, J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall , 2002
Stoecker, W., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004
Dossat, R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley & Sons, 2000


Course Code: ME- Course Title: Machine Design - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 1.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Design of Pressure Vessels (7 hours)
Classification of pressure vessels, Design of thick cylindrical and spherical shells subjected to internal
pressure and external pressure, Compound cylinders subjected to internal and external pressure.

Unit 2: Design of sliding and Journal bearing (8 hours)

Method of lubrication, Hydrodynamic, Hydrostatic, boundary, etc., Minimum film thickness and
thermal equilibrium, Selection of anti-friction bearings for different loads and load cycles, Design of
thrust bearing, Rolling contact bearing, Ball bearing, Rolling contact bearing under variable loading,
Mounting of the bearings, Method of lubrication, Selection of oil seals.

Unit 3: Design of clutches and brakes (7 hours)

Function , Classification, Material selection, Design of positive clutches, Friction clutches -cone,
single, Multiple and centrifugal clutches, Design of band brake, External and internal shoe brakes,
Internal expanding shoe brakes, Design of disc brakes.

49 | P a g e

Unit 4: Power Transmissions Elements (5 hours)
Transmission of power by Belt and Rope drives, Transmission efficiencies, Design of Belts Flat and V
types, Design of Ropes, pulleys for belt and rope drives, Materials, Design of Chain drives and wire
rope.

Unit: 4 Design of Gears and Gear Boxes (16 hours)
Spur Gears:
Gear Terminology, Speed ratios and number of teeth, Force analysis, Tooth stresses,
Dynamic effects, Fatigue strength, Factor of safety, Gear materials, Module and Face
Width-power rating calculations based on strength and wear considerations.
Parallel axis Helical Gears:
Pressure angle in the normal and transverse plane, Equivalent number of teeth-forces
And stresses. Estimating the size of the helical gears.
Bevel and worm Gear:
Straight and spiral bevel gear: Tooth terminology, tooth forces and stresses, equivalent
Number of teeth. Estimating the dimensions of pair of straight and spiral bevel gears.
Worm Gear: Terminology, forces and stresses, efficiency, estimating the size of the worm gear pair.
Design of Gear Boxes:
Geometric progression - Standard step ratio - Ray diagram, kinematics layout - Design
Of sliding mesh gear box -Constant mesh gear box, Design of multi speed gear box.

Unit: 5 Design of I.C Engine Components (12 hours)
Selection of type, general design consideration, design of cylinder, cylinder liner,
Cylinder head, pistons, connecting rod, crank shaft, valves gears mechanism, and flywheel.

Text Books:
Design of Machine Elements by V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Dr. Sadhu Singh, Machine Design, Khanna Pub.2009

Reference Books
Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., Fundamentals of Machine Elements, McGraw- Hill Book Co.
Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education.
Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

Design Data Handbook: PSG Design Data Handbook is permitted.

Course Code: ME Course Title: System Control
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Unit 1: (9 hours)
Introduction to Control Engineering: Definition of control systems, open loop and closed loop
systems. Essence of feedback control systems, servomechanism.
Brief overview of system representation: impulse response model and transfer function model and
block diagram representation.

Unit 2: (12 hours)
Mathematical modeling of electrical and physical systems: transfer function and state variable model
in particular, overall gain determination using block diagram algebra and signals flow graphs.
Concept of stability and the Routh stability criteria. Applications of the Routh Criteria.
Concepts of stability, Routh-Hurwiz stability criterion, relative stability. The root locus technique, use
of construction rules without any derivation. Frequency response analysis, Polar plots, stability in
frequency domain, Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion.
50 | P a g e


Unit 3: (12 hours)
Proportional control, integral control, derivative control, hydraulic control systems, pumps, fluids,
control valves application and limitations, maintenance of hydraulic systems. Pneumatic systems
constructional details , filter , lubricator ,regulator, constructional features, types of cylinders,
control valves for direction , pressure and flow air hydraulic equipments, general approach to
control system design, symbols and drawings , schematic layout, electro-pneumatic logic circuit ,
pneumatic counters, relays, application and limitations.

Unit: 4 (9 hours)
Introduction to Mechatronics: Definition, Mechatronics in manufacturing, products and design.
Comparison between Traditional and Mechatronics approach. Design and fabrication of
Mechatronics systems, Ball screws, linear motion bearings, transfer systems.

Text Book:
J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, Electrical machines Tata McGraw Hill.
B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, Fundamentals of Electrical Machines, New Age International.
K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
B.C. Kuo, Automatic Control systems. Wiley India Ltd.

Reference Books:
Irvin L. Kosow, Electric Machinery and Transformers Prentice Hall of India.
D. Roy Choudhary, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill.

Course Code: ME Course Title: System Control Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Tutorials : 1.5 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Fundamentals of control engineering. Servomechanism, basic actuator and transducer used
in servomechanism. This can include modeling of a servomotor, both ac and dc.
2. Study of various components of Hydraulic control system using Hydraulic Trainer
3. Study of various components of Pneumatic control system using Pneumatic Trainer
4. Basics of PID control.
5. Modeling of electromechanical device may be a dc shunt motor (in machine lab) with speed
characteristics of the motor. Transfer function and implementation in simulink
6. Matlab session: Control System Toolbox and Simulink.
7. Design and fabrication of Mechatronics systems,
Text Book:
J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, Electrical machines Tata McGraw Hill.
B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, Fundamentals of Electrical Machines, New Age International.
K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
B.C. Kuo, Automatic Control systems. Wiley India Ltd.

Reference Books:
Irvin L. Kosow, Electric Machinery and Transformers Prentice Hall of India.
D. Roy Choudhary, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill.

51 | P a g e

Course Code: ME Course Title: Elective I Thermal Design of Heat Exchangers
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1 08 hours
Review of principles of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation problems, thermal
resistances, convection correlations, radiation thermal network analysis.
Introduction to heat exchangers, classification of heat exchangers, single phase and two phase heat
exchangers, co-current, counter current and cross flow heat exchangers, basic design of simple tube-
in-tube single phase heat exchangers through logarithmic mean temperature difference method and
number of transfer unit method, thermal design of double pipe heat exchangers.

Unit II 14 hours
Shell & Tube heat exchangers, TEMA nomenclature and classification, conventional design methods,
Tinker method, J factors, Bell-Delaware method, Condenser classification, thermal design for surface
condensers, evaporator design.
Unit III 12 hours
Compact heat exchangers, design methods of automobile radiators, plate type heat exchangers,
thermal design of regenerative heat exchangers.
Unit IV 08 hours
Thermal analysis and design of furnace.

Text Books:
Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons, 6
th

Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Saunders, E.A.D, Heat Exchangers, Selection, Design and Construction, Longman Scientific and
Technical N.Y., 2001
Kays, V.A. & London, A.L., Compact Heat Exchangers, Mc Graw Hill 2002

Reference Books:

Holger Martin, Heat Exchangers, Hemi-sphere Publishing Corporation, Washington, 2001
Kuppan, T., Heat Exchanger Design Hand Book, Macel Decker Inc., N.Y., 2000
Seikan Ishiga, Steam Power Engineering, Thermal and Hydraulic Design Principles, Cambridge
University Press, 2001.
Shah, R.K., Heat Exchangers, thermal and hydraulic design, Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2006
Course Code: ME Course Title: Elective-I Non-Conventional Energy Sources
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Unit 1 08 hours
Primary & Alternative Energy Sources:
Primary sources of energy Fossil fuels: solid, liquid and gaseous as primary source of energy
global reserves of commercial energy resources; world over in general and India in particular
consumption pattern of fossil fuels demand forecast future trends energy scene energy
options for future from hydroelectric, nuclear and solar sources. Need for alternative energy
sources
Bio-Gas Options:
52 | P a g e

Basic principles and constructional details of bio-gas plants, bio-gas for power generation,
potential as alternative energy in India

Unit II 12 hours
Direct Solar Thermal Options:
Solar insolation solar radiation terrestrial and extra terrestrial radiation flux solar constant
solar instruments like pyranometer, pyrheliometer, sunshine recorder. Principle and
constructional features of solar flat plate collectors and concentrating collectors, energy loss in
collection systems and means of minimizing.
Direct solar thermal devices like solar water heater, solar air heater, solar still and solar
refrigeration system.

Unit III 12 hours
Energy from Earth:
Geothermal energy, geothermal field and sources, electrical power generation from geothermal
energy, vapour dominated and liquid dominated systems, hybrid plants, power generation
potential of geothermal energy, world over and in India.
Energy from Ocean:
Ocean thermal energy, tidal energy and wave energy
Ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) systems, principle, site selection, methods of power
generation: Claude open cycle, Anderson closed cycle, Hybrid cycle, prospects, limitations,
potential for India.
Tidal energy conversion systems, principle, methods of power generation, single basin, double
basin systems, components of tidal power plant, theoretical power of single basin system,
prospects of tidal energy systems, India in general and Gujarat in particular, limitations.
Wave energy conversion systems, principles, theoretical power, simple wave energy systems.

Unit IV 10 hours
Energy from Wind:
Basic principles, wind data, site selection considerations, types: Horizontal axis wind energy
conversion machine and vertical axis wind energy conversion machine, constructional details,
design considerations, application of wind energy systems, prospects of wind farming, India in
general and Gujarat in particular.

Text Books:
Mittal, K.M., Non-conventional Energy Sources Principles, Progress & Prospects, Wheeler Publishing,
N. Delhi, 1997
Sukhatme, S. P., Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata McGraw Hill, N.
Delhi, 2007
Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A.D., Renewable Energy Sources, ELBS, 2000
Rao, S and Parulekar, B.B., Energy Technology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1997

Reference Books:

Duffie, J.A and Beckman, W. A, Solar Energy for Thermal Process, John Wiley & Sons, 2002
Kreith and Kreider, Hand Book of Solar Energy, Mc Graw Hill New York, 1980.
Tiwari, G.N. and Suneja, Solar Thermal Engg, Systems, Narosa Pub. House, N Delhi, 1997

Course Code: Course Title: Vibration Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : .3 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

53 | P a g e

Unit 1: Damped and Undamped Vibration Systems: (6+7)
UNDAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree of freedom systems. Mass Undamped free vibration-
natural frequency of free vibration, stiffness of spring elements, effect of mass of spring, Compound
Pendulum.
DAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of
critical damping and its importance, study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of under
damping, critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement.

Unit 2: Damped and Undamped Forced Vibration: (6 Hr)
Single degree freedom systems, steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic force.
Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance, vibration isolation-
transmissibility ratio. Due to harmonic exitation and support motion.

Unit 3 : Vibration Measuring Instruments & Whirling Of Shafts: (6 Hr)
Vibrometer meter and accelerometer. Whirling of shafts with and without air damping. Discussion of
speeds above and below critical speeds.

Unit: 4 Systems With Two Degrees Of Freedom: (6 Hr)
Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, co-ordinate coupling, generalized and
principal co-ordinates, Free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Geared systems. Forced
Oscillations-Harmonic excitation.
Applications: a) Vehicle suspension. b) Dynamic vibration absorber. c) Dynamics of
reciprocating Engines
Unit: 5 Continuous Systems: (6 Hr)
Introduction, vibration of string, longitudinal vibration of rods, Torsional vibration of rods, Eulers
equation for beams.

Unit : 6 Numerical Methods For Multi Degree Freedom Systems: (6 Hr)
Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Dunkerleys equation.
Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration-Method of determination of all the
natural frequencies using sweeping matrix and Orthogonality principle. Holzers method, Stodola
method.

Text Books:

Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi
Theory of Vibration with Applications: W.T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson Education 5
th

edition, 2007.

Reference Books
Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4
th
Edition, 2003.
Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaums Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian
edition, 2007.
Theory & Practice of Mechanical vibrations: J.S. Rao & K. Gupta, New Age International Publications,
New Delhi, 2001.
Elements of Vibrations Analysis: Leonanrd Meirovitch, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian edition, 2007.
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME Course Title: Core Elective -1 Robotics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III
54 | P a g e


Course Outline
Unit 1: 03 hours
Introduction:- Basic Concepts, Three laws of Robotics, Robot anatomy, Classification, structure of
robots, point to point and continuous path robotic systems. Robot performance- resolution,
accuracy, repeatability, dexterity, compliance, RCC device, Socio economic aspects of robotisation

Unit 2 9 hours
Robot Grippers: - Types of Grippers , Design aspect for gripper, Force analysis for various basic
gripper systems including Mechanical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems.
Robotic Sensors: - Characteristics of sensing devices, Classification, Selection and applications of
sensors. Types of Sensors, Need for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot.
Drives:- Types of Drives, Actuators and its selection while designing a robot system. Types of
transmission systems,
Control Systems: - Types of Controllers, Introduction to closed loop control, second order linear
systems and their control, control law of partitioning, trajectory-following control, modeling and
control of a single joint, Present industrial robot control systems and introduction to force control.

Unit 3 12 hours
Kinematics :- Transformation matrices and their arithmetic, link and joint description, Denavit -
Hartenberg parameters, frame assignment to links, direct kinematics, kinematics redundancy,
kinematics calibration, inverse kinematics, solvability, algebraic and geometrical methods.
Velocities and Static forces in manipulators: Motion of the manipulator links, Jacobians, singularities,
static forces, Jacobian in force domain.
Dynamics: - Introduction to Dynamics, Trajectory generations, Manipulator Mechanism Design

Unit 4 9 hours
Machine Vision System: - Vision System Devices, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and
quantization, Image Processing Techniques, Noise reduction methods, Edge detection,
Segmentation.
Robot Programming: Methods of robot programming, lead through programming, motion
interpolation, branching capabilities,
Artificial Intelligence:- Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI techniques, Need and application of
AI.
Simulation: - Need of Simulation, Tools and Techniques of Simulation
Associated Topics in Robotics:- Economical aspects for robot design, Safety for robot and associated
mass, New Trends and recent updates in robotics, International Scenario for implementing robots in
Industrial and other sectors. Future scope for robotisation.
Unit 5 9 Hours
Principle of Sensors, Classification and Terminology of Sensors. Active and Passive Sensors.
Optical Sensors
Spectral Characteristics of sensors, Autocollimators ,Optical encoders,Fiber optic sensors,
Interferometric sensors,Laser triangulation sensors, Vision systems, Photoconductors.
Radiationsensors: LDR, hotovoltaic cells, photodiodes, photo emissive cells- types, materials,
construction and response.
Acoustic Sensors
Basic acoustic measurements , Sound power measurements: sound pressure and sound intensity
methods impedanceSensors based upon the principle of acoustic resonator frequency modulation
.Acoustic Wave Bio Sensors ,Homogeneous Acoustic Biosensor Hybrid Acoustic
Biosensor,Transmission Acoustic Biosensor.Piezoelectric materials The quartz crystal.Surface
Acoustic wave Sensor.
Mechanical and Electromechanical sensors
Resistive (potentiometric) type: resolution, accuracy, sensitivity .Strain Gauges: theory, types,
sensitivity, gauge factor, variation with temperature,. Inductive sensors: common types- reluctance
change type, mutual inductance change type, transformer action type, magnetostrictive type.


55 | P a g e

Text Books:
John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics and Control), Addison-Wesley, 2nd Edition, 2004
Shimon Y. Nof, Handbook of Industrial Robotics , , John Wiley Co, 2001.
Groover M. P., Wiess M., Nagel R. N. and Odery N. G. Industrial Robotics- Technology, Programming and
Applications, McGraw Hill Inc. Singapore 2000.
Shah S. K., Introduction to Robotics, Tata McGraw Hill International, 2008.
Mittal R. K. and Nagrath J. J. Robotics and control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi

Reference Books:
Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic Engineering : An Integrated Approach
, Prentice Hall India, 2002.
Niku, Saeed B. Introduction to Robotics Analysis, Systems Applications, Pearson Education Inc. New
Delhi.
D. Patranabis ,Sensors and Transducers, 2 edition ,PHI

Course Code: Course Title: Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Unit 1: (20 hours)
Introduction to Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes
Advanced Machining Processes
Introduction, Process principle, Material removal mechanism, Parametric analysis and applications
of processes such as ultrasonic machining (USM), Abrasive jet machining (AJM), Water jet machining
(WJM), Abrasive water jet machining (AWJM), Electrochemical machining (ECM), Electro discharge
machining (EDM), Electron beam machining (EBM), Laser beam machining (LBM) processes

Unit 2 (8 hours)
Advanced Casting Processes
Metal mould casting, Continuous casting, Squeeze casting, vacuum mould casting, Evaporative
pattern casting, ceramic shell casting

Unit 3 (6 hours)
Advanced Welding Processes
Details of electron beam welding (EBW), laser beam welding (LBW), ultrasonic welding (USW)

Unit 4 (8 hours)
Advanced Metal Forming Processes
Details of high energy rate forming (HERF) process, Electro-magnetic forming, explosive forming,
Electro-hydraulic forming, Stretch forming, Contour roll forming and introduction to rapid
prototyping.

Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
"Materials and Processes in Manufacturing" (8th Edition), E. P. DeGarmo, J. T Black, R. A. Kohser,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
Reference Books

"Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes", G.F. Benedict, Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)

56 | P a g e


2.3. Batch 2013-14 Credit Structure
Semester I
Course
Code Course Name
Credit Structure
L T P C

Introduction to Civil Engineering 2 0 0 2

Introduction to Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2

Introduction to Mechanical
Engineering
2 0 0 2

Computer Programming & Utilization 3 0 4 5

English Communication 2 0 2 3

Mathematics I 2 2 0 4

Physics I 2 1 0 3

Engineering Graphics 1 0 3 2.5

Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

TOTAL 16 3 12 25
Semester II

Mathematics-II 2 2 0 4

Chemistry 2 1 0 3

Physics-II 2 1 0 3

Applied Mechanics 2 1 0 3

Thermodynamics 2 1 0 3

Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2

Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Electrical Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Workshop Practice -I 0 0 3 1.5

Applied Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 2 1
TOTAL 12 6 11 23.5
Semester III

Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4

Strength of Materials Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Fluid Mechanics-I 3 1 0 4

Fluid Mechanics-I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Engineering Metallurgy 2 1 0 3

Machine design I 3 0 0 3

Machine design I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Mathematics - 3 3 1 0 4

Introduction to Sociology 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 16 4 9 24.5
Semester IV

Basic Electronics 3 0 0 3

Basic Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Manufacturing Technology I 3 1 0 4

Fluid Mechanics II 3 1 0 4

Fluid Mechanics II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine I 3 0 0 3

Workshop Practice II 0 0 3 1.5
57 | P a g e


Economics 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 14 2 9 20.5
Semester V

Environmental Science 3 0 0 3

Heat & Mass Transfer 3 1 0 4

Heat & Mass Transfer Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Manufacturing Technology II 3 1 0 4

Manufacturing Technology II
Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine II 3 1 0 4

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine II
Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5

Machine Design II 3 0 0 3

HSSM Elective -1 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 17 3 9 24.5
Semester VI

Industrial Engineering & Operations
Research
3 1 0 4

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - I
3 0 0 3

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - I Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5

Energy Conversion - I 3 0 0 3

Energy Conversion - I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Machine Design III 3 1 0 4

Core Elective I 3 0 0 3

Design & Manufacturing Projects 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 15 2 10 24
Semester VII

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - II
3 0 0 3

Fluid Machinery 3 1 0 4

Fluid Machinery Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Energy Conversion - II 3 0 0 3

Energy Conversion -II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Systems Control 2 0 0 2

Systems Control Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Core Elective II 3 0 0 3

Entrepreneurship 2 0 0 2

BTP I 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 16 1 13 25.5
Semester VIII

Core Elective III 3 0 0 3

Core Elective IV 3 0 0 3

Core Elective IV Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

BTP II 0 0 10 10

Khoj (Interdisciplinary Project) 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 6 0 17 21.5

58 | P a g e

2.4 Batch 2013-14
Course Outline
First Semester

Course Code: CE 101
Course Title: Introduction to Civil Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 2.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I
Course Outline
Unit - I 06 hours
Civil Engineering Materials: Traditional Materials, Mortars, concrete, metals as building materials,
miscellaneous building materials
Unit 2 06 hours
Building Construction:
Building planning, foundations, superstructures, dampness and its prevention, cost effective
construction technique
Unit - 3 10 hours
Introduction to surveying, linear measurements and chain surveying, compass ,Level and levelling, ,
mapping and contouring, areas and volumes, remote sensing and its applications
Unit 4 06 hours
Disaster resistant building, disaster management and planning, Indian standard code
Text Books:
1. Rangwala, Essentials of Civil Engineering, Charotar publishing house, Anand, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. S. S. Bhavikatti, Basic Civil Engineering, New Age International Publishers, 2011

Course Code: Course Title: Computer Programming and Utilization
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 4 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory: 3.0 credits
Practical : 2.0 credits
Total Credits : 5.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Unit 1 08 hours
Basic concepts on operating systems, developer fundamentals such as editor, integrated
programming environment, UNIX shell modules, libraries

59 | P a g e

Unit 2 10 hours
Algorithms, flowchart, structure of C program, identifiers, basic data types and sizes, constants,
variables, operators, expressions, type conversions, precedence and order of evaluation.
Input-output statements, statements and blocks, control statements, iterative statements, break,
continue, go to and labels
Unit 3 12 hours
Designing structured programs, functions, basic scope rules, block structure, user defined functions,
standard library functions, recursive functions, Arrays, two-dimensional and mutli-dimensional
arrays, structure and type def.
Unit 4 12 hours
Introduction, OOP paradigm, data encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, data abstraction, data
hiding, class declaration, object instantiation, pointers in C++ concepts, initialization of pointer
variables, address arithmetic, character pointers and functions, pointers to object, new and delete
operator.
Text Books:
S. Harrington, "Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications, 1987, ISBN 0-07-1004726.
D. Rogers, J. Adams, "Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition, TataMcGraw-Hill
Publication, 2002, ISBN 0 - 07 - 048677 - 8.

Reference Books:
D. Rogers, "Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics", 2nd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication,
2001, ISBN 0 - 07 - 047371 - 4.
J. Foley, V. Dam, S. Feiner, J. Hughes, "Computer Graphics Principles and Practice", 2
nd
Edition, Pearson
Education, 2003, ISBN 81 - 7808 - 038 - 9.
F. Hill, "Computer Graphics: Using OpenGL", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003ISBN 81 - 297 -0181
- 2.
D. Hearn, M. Baker, "Computer Graphics - C Version", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,2002, ISBN 81 -
7808 - 794 - 4.

Course Code: EE 101
Course Title: Introduction to Electrical Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 2.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Unit-1 7Hours
Electrostatics:
Coulombs law, electric fields, Gauss Theorem and its applications, potential and potential gradient, point
charge and charged sphere, Capacitance: concentric spheres, parallel plates, co-axial cylinders, and parallel
conductors, capacitors, capacitors in series, and parallel, capacitance with composite dielectrics, Electric field
energy.

Unit-2 7Hours
Electromagnetic:
Amperes law, magnetic flux and flux density, magnetic field strength due to straight conductors and circular
coil, field strength due to solenoid, magneto motive force, magnetic circuit calculations, magnetic leakage,
60 | P a g e

magnetic hysteresis, hysteresis and eddy current losses, Steinmetz exponent, magnetic field energy, lifting
power of a magnet. Electromagnetic induction, Faradays law and Lenzs law, dynamically and statically
induced emf, self and mutual inductances.

Unit-3 7Hours

Network Theorems:
Kirchhoffs current and voltage laws: loop and node methods of analysis, Superposition, Thevinin and
Reciprocity theorems, Star/ Delta transfor mations, Nortons theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem.

Unit-4 7Hours

R-L-C Circuits:
Alternating voltages and currents and their vector and time domain representations, average and rms values,
form factor, phase difference, power and power factor, purely resistive ,inductive and capacitive circuits, R -L,
R-C and R-L-C series circuits, impedance and admittance, circuits in parallel, series and parallel resonance,
locus diagram for series circuits.
Poly-phase Circuits:
Balanced two phase and three phase systems, star and mesh connections, calculations for balanced three
phase networks, poly-phase vector diagram, and measurement of power in three phase circuits.

Course Code: Course Title: English Communication
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practice: 2 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practice : 1.0 credits
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 3
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Year : B. Tech I
Course Outline

Unit 1: Development of Listening, Speaking, Reading & Writing Skills
Unit I Topic hours
Sub Unit
A. Aiding toLSRW
Grammar:
Tenses, Types of Sentences, Modals, Conditionals,Voice
Degree, Reported Speech, Concord, Parallelism, Modifiers, Common
Errors in English, Abbreviations and Numerals, Punctuations and
Capitalization
6
Vocabulary Enrichment:
Vocabulary Extension Methods; Word Formation through prefixes &
suffixes, Phrasal Verbs, Words often confused,
Homophones, Thematic & Functional Vocabulary, Idioms & Phrases,
Proverbs, Use of Dictionary for Engineers
2
B. Listening Skills
Comprehending the Basics of Listening Skills: Meaning, Importance,
Principles, Difference between Hearing & Listening, Types, Advantages
of Listening & Factors hampering Listening, Common Poor Listening
Habits
2
Listening Comprehensions:
Listening to Speeches, Stories, News, Articles, Excerpts of movies etc.
C. Speaking Skills

Familiarizing with Communication Skills:
Comprehending Basics of Communication(Meaning,Features , types &
Barriers), Ethics and Communication, Tips for effective communication
4
Public Speaking Skills: Art of Public Speaking, Importance of Public,
Public Speaking Tips, Elocutions, Debates
61 | P a g e

Situational Conversations:
Greetings, Self Introduction, Casual Conversation; Hierarchical
Conversations ( With Superiors , with delegates and with Subordinates
and with colleagues) , Reciprocal Conversation, Telephonic
Conversation, Enquiry for different purposes
D. Reading Skills
Comprehending the basics of Reading Skills (meaning, as a cognitive
process, Importance etc)
3 Different Types of Reading Skimming, Scanning, Rapid Reading, Close
Reading, The SQ3R technique, becoming an
Effective reader, Proof reading skills
E. Writing Skills

Comprehending the Art of Writing
6
Official Correspondence :
- Letters
Principles of Letter Writing, Sales Letters, Claim, Adjustment &
Complaint Letters, Letters for Enquiry and Replies to them, Request
Letters, Invitation Letters, Thank You Letters, Apology Letter, Leave
Applications, Job Application & Resume - Reports- Proposals-
Memorandum- Quotations, Orders & Tenders
Creative Writing Skills:
Tips for Creative Writing, Advertisements,Posters & Handouts
Broschures,, Articles, Creative Titles
Functional Writing Skills - Minutes of the Meeting, Speeches, Vote of
Thanks, Ciruclars, Notices, Messages, Acknowledgements
Aids to Writing Skills:
Content Analysis & Concept Analysis, Note Taking, & Note Making,
Summarizing, Paraphrasing & Preci writing
Unit II using Technology for Communication
using Technology for
Communication
Use of Technology and its importance in enhancing communication skills.
2 E- Etiquettes:- Netiquettes, - Cell Phone Etiquettes & Text Messaging, -
Social Media Etiquettes
Unit III Development of Presentation Skills Performance Skills and Professional Skills strengthened
with Soft Skills,
A.Presentation Skills
Oral Presentations:
Orientations, Anchoring, Annual Report Reading, Seminar Presentations



2


Developing Presentability in different situations and for different
purposes:
- Through Proper Body Language, paralanguage & through non-verbal
cues-Expressions (like greetings, reinforcements, appreciations,
specifications etc)
- through well-preparedness in terms of being ready with required
material & apt content- through proper grooming - through Time &
Stress Management- through swiftness and comprehensiveness -
making presence pleasant and energetic- through creating enabling
environment
B. Performance Skills
Skills for Mental Readiness for Performances: Skill of Identifying Focus,
Skill of Comprehending with diverse perspective Skill of Concluding, Skill
of choosing apt expressions, Skill of positive thinking
1
C. Professional Skills :
Organization Skills:
- Organization of Seminar/ Workshop/ Training/ Meetings/ Functions/
Week/ Pannel Discussion etc.
- Team Building & Team Work - Stress & Time Management
2
62 | P a g e


Unit IV: Reinforcing Skills of LSRW, Communication, Presentation & Performance Through
Language Lab
A. Phonetics
Fundamentals of Phonetics: Phonemic symbols and Phonetic sounds;
Understanding Speech Sounds: English Pronunciation, Vowel and
consonant sounds and pronunciation guidelines related to vowel and
consonant sounds.
2
B. Listening Skills
Practical Lab Based exercises & Exposure to various spoken formats for
developing acute listening abilities
2
Understanding accents when listening to speakers from various
nationalities
Listening for correct accent and pronunciation; Developing neutral
accent.
Effective Listening Techniques
C. Speaking Skills
Improving Fluency:
Articulation of words and sentences; Developing Correct Pronunciation
using correct stress patterns; voice quality assessment ; correct
accent, stress and intonation patterns.
2
D. Reading Skills
Reading Comprehensions- Lab based reading comprehension exercises;
Exposure to Different kinds of texts and various types of Comprehension
Questions; Developing speed reading through practical exercises
2
E. Writing Skills Writing Assignments from Language Software 2
F. using Technology for
Communication
Using Internet:
- Browsing and searching the internet
- Evaluating the quality of Internet Data
- Open Access Resources
3
E-Modes of Communication:
- Writing E-mails & Effective Email Practices - Webbloging, - Video
Conferencing & Teleconferencing
- Podcasting - Using Mail Merge
G. Presentation Skills
Power Point Presentation:
- preparing and using PPTS as an effective aid to presentations,-
Rehearsed and Impromptu Presentations - Overhead Transparencies
2
H. PerformanceSkills &
Supplementary Skills
Skills specific to types of Performances:
- Group Discussion - Making Formal Speeches
- Elocution & Debate - Situational Role Plays
Note: Activities accommodated within lab hours

Unit V Developing Reading Habits (Self Study)
A book based on Indian
History / reflects Indian
Culture
The Cat and Shakespeare: A Tale of India Raja Rao-1965

B.An autobiography /
biography of a Spiritual
Leader
An autobiography of a Yogi (Param Hans Yogananda)- Param Hans
Yogananda
C. Self Motivational
Book
Seven Habits of Highly Effective People Stephen Covey
D. Reading for updates Editorials from News Papers or Articles from Magazines/ Case Studies or
Project Reports
E. Classical/ Modern
Literary Work
Talkative Man-R.K. Narayan-1987
63 | P a g e

Course Code: MA 101 Course Title: Mathematics I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 2 hours per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 16 hours
Differentiation & Integration:
Review of limits, continuity and differentiability, Mean value theorem, Maxima and Minima,
Riemann integrals, fundamental theorem of calculus, Improper integrals, applications to area and
volume.
Unit 2 14 hours
Functions of Several Variables:
Limits and continuity, partial derivatives, gradient, directional derivatives, tangent planes and
normals, maxima, minima and saddle points, Lagrange multipliers.
Unit 3 10 hours
Multiple Integrals:
Double integrals, triple integrals, change of variables.
Unit 4 16 hours
Integration in Vector Fields:
Scalar and vector fields: gradient, curl and divergence, line integrals and applications: tangent,
normal, Greens theorem and applications, surface area and surface integrals, divergence theorem,
Stokes theorem
Text Books:
Maurice D. Weir, Joel Hass, Frank R. Giordano, Thomas Calculus, 11
th
edition, Pearson, 2012
G. B. Thomas and R. L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 9th edition, Addison
Wesley/ Narosa, 1998.

Reference Books:
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, vol. 1, 2nd Ed., Wiley India, 2006.
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007.
E. Kreyszig Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed. Wiley India, 2011.
4. S. R. Ghorpade and B. V. Limaye, A course in Calculus and Real Analysis, Springer, 2006 (Indian
reprint 2010)




Course Code: ME 101
Course Title: Engineering Graphics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 1 hours per Week
Tutorials: --
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 1.0 credits
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 2.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Year : B. Tech I

Course Outline

64 | P a g e

Unit 1 03 hours
Introduction to drawing instruments, lettering, lines and dimensioning, construction of simple
geometrical figures.
Simple orthographic projections, orthographic projections of points and lines.
Unit 2 03 hours
Orthographic projections of planes and solids, sections of solids. isometric views
Unit - 3 05 hours
Development of surfaces, intersection of surfaces, isometric projections of combined solids, special
curves
Plan, elevation and section of buildings
Unit 4 03 hours
Introduction to AutoCAD, topics mentioned in Unit1 to 3 through AutoCAD.
Note: Engineering Graphics Practice: 3 hours per Week for the entire semester.
Text Books:
N.D. Bhat and V. M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing , Charotar Publishing House, 2011
K. Venugopal, Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD, New Age International, 2011
Reference Books:
B. Agrawal and C. M. Agrawal, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2008.
K. R. Gopalakrishna, Engineering Drawings, Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2001.
N. Sidheswar, P. Kanniah and V. V. S. Sastry, Machine Drawing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1980.
T. E. French, C. J. Vireck and R. J. Foster, Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology, 14
th
Ed,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1993.
W. J. Luzadder and J. M. Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, Prentice-Hall India, New Delhi,
2001.
Arunoday Kumar Engineering Graphics I and II, TechMax Publication, Pune.

Course Code: ME 101 Course Title: Introduction to Mechanical Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: --
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 2.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Year : B. Tech I
Course Outline
Unit 1 08 hours
Energy Sources and Combustion Conventional and non-conventional energy sources types of
fuels fossil fuel biofuels - calorific value of fuel its determination Bomb calorimeter Junkers
calorimeter - minimum air required for complete combustion
Steam Generators Boilers and steam generators - definition classification comparison of water
tube and fire tube boilers general study of Cochran boiler, Babcock & Wilcox boiler, Lancashire
boiler, locomotive boiler
Boiler mountings and accessories- their difference. Mountings such as water level indicator,
pressure gauge, safety valve, fusible plug, steam stop valve, blow of cock, feed check valve.
Accessories such as air preheated, economizer, superheater, feed pump
Boiler draught- classification- magnitude - natural and artificial draught induced , balanced and
forced draught chimney height- efficiency
Internal Combustion Engines heat engine external combustion (EC) and internal combustion (IC)
engines classification of IC engines Four stroke and two stroke engines Spark ignition (SI) and
65 | P a g e

combustion ignition (CI) engines. IC engine systems general study of fuel system, ignition system,
lubrication system and cooling system.
Unit 2 06 hours
Power Plants thermal, nuclear, hydro-electric power plants. Various thermal plants- diesel, gas
turbine, steam turbine plants. Jet propulsion and Rocket propulsion plants. Layout and general
description - Terms associated with power sector Important power plants in Gujarat and India.
Refrigeration Systems - definition and rating, refrigerator and heat pump. Refrigerants various
refrigerants- CFC, HCFC, HFC etc.- properties of refrigerants - Various refrigeration systems air
refrigeration, vapour compression refrigeration, vapour absorption refrigeration and thermo-electric
refrigeration systems their general description using flow diagrams domestic refrigerator ice
plant
Air-conditioning Systems applications human comfort desert air-cooler general study of
window air-conditioner- split air-conditioner, central air-conditioner.
Unit - 3 06 hours
Fluid Machinery Water Pumps, Water Turbines & Air Compressors - Concept of a fluid machine.
Water pumps classification centrifugal pumps reciprocating pumps rotary pumps (gear and
vane types) submersible pumps - their components specific speed priming of pumps single
stage and multi stage pumps.
Water turbines classification Pelton turbine Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine - impulse and
reaction turbines specific speed. Air compressors - classification reciprocating and rotary types
centrifugal compressors screw compressor single stage and multistage compressors
Couplings, Clutches and Brakes:
Couplings classification- rigid, flexible and loose couplings
Clutches function, principle of operation friction materials classification cone, single plate,
multiplate, centrifugal, semi-centrifugal free wheel and automatic clutches
Brakes function, classification mechanical, hydraulic and power brake effectiveness
Unit 4 08 hours
Transmission of Motion and Power - Methods of drive power transmission elements shafting
power transmission drives - classification belt, rope, pulley, chain, friction and gear drives
velocity ratio of toothed gears gear trains( simple, compound and epicyclic)
Engineering Materials properties Ferrous metals and alloys (iron ores, pig iron, cast iron,
wrought iron carbon steels, alloy steels) Non-ferrous metals and alloys (aluminum, copper, lead,
tin, zinc, magnesium, nickel and non-ferrous alloys) other important materials such as timber,
abrasives, ceramics, glass, diamond, graphite, plastics, polymers, composite materials.
Introduction to Manufacturing Processes: casting, forming, fabrication, metal removing surface
finishing processes
Machine Tools - Traditional and non-traditional machine tools cutting tools- Traditional machine
tools such as lathe, drilling, shaper and milling machines, welding practice. Non-traditional machine
tools such as NC, CNC etc.
66 | P a g e

Design Appreciation and Awareness nature of design elements and principles of design micron
and macro design psychology of perceptions color and its characteristics
Text Books:
R. K. Rajput, Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Laxmi Pub. New Delhi, 2009
T.S. Rajan, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1996
P.S Desai & S.S Soni, Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Atul Prakasam, Ahmedabad, 2004
Dr. Sadhu Singh, Elements of Mechanical Engineering, S Chand & Company,2009
Reference Books:
S. B. Mathur & S Domkundwar, Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1999
W.A.J, Chapman, Workshop Technology, ELBS Low Priced Text, Edward Donald Pub. 1961
S. P. Dubey, A.A. Memon & M.K., Bhatt, A Basic Course in Mechanical Engineering, Popular Prakasan,
Surat, 2001
H. R , Kapoor,Thermal Engineering, Vols. I and II, Tat McGraw Hill Pub., 1988
Basant Agrawal and C.M., Agrawal, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Wiley India P Ltd., 2008
Jonathan Wickert, An Introduction to Mechanical Engineering, Cengage Engineering, 2009
Hajra Chaudhary, Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol I, Adia Pub. Co. Ltd., 1988.
R P Arora & B K Raghunath, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Charotar Publication House

Course Code: PH 101
Course Title: Physics-I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical :---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 08 hours
Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment, Galilean and Lorentz
transformations, Time dilation, Length contraction, Energy mass relation
Unit 2 14 hours
Quantum Mechanics: Wave particle duality, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Time dependent
and ime independent Schrdinger equation, Applications: particle in a 1-D box, harmonic
oscillator, scattering from a step potential barrier, finite potential barrier, tunnelling through a
barrier
Unit 3 14 hours
Solid State Physics: Types of crystal structures, Miller indices, Free electron theory of metals,
Blochs theorem, Band theory of solids, Kronig-Penny Model, Intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors, Hall effect, p-n junction diode

Unit 4 06 hours

Introduction to Materials Science: Superconductors, Nanostructures, Polymers, Soft matter,
Smart materials
Text Books:
67 | P a g e

H.S. Mani and G.K. Mehta, Introduction to Modern Physics, 1
st
Edition, East-west Press Pvt.
Ltd.-New Delhi, 2000

Reference Books:
A. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6
th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009
K.S. Krane, Modern Physics, 2
nd
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2009
J. Bernstein, P.M. Fishbane and S. Gasiorowicz, Modern Physics, 1
st
Edition, Pearson Education,
2009
R. Resnick, Introduction to Special Relativity, 1
st
Edition, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd., 2007
R. Resnick and R. Eisberg: Quantum Physics, Of Atoms Molecules Solids Nuclei And Practicles, 2
nd

Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd., 2006
S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum Physics, 3
rd
edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007
C Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 7
th
edition, John Wiley, 2009
M.S. Vijaya and G. Rangarajan, Materials Science, 1
st
edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 2004
William D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, 1
st
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,2010
Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank J,Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, 1
st
Edition, Wiley India,
2007
Peter J. F. Harris, Carbon Nanotube Science, 1
st
edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009

Course Code: PH 111
Physics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments based on the following:
Error analysis and accuracy of measurement.
Selected experiments from mechanics and heat (e.g. compound pendulum, centrifugal force, thermal
conductivity, velocity of sound in air),
Selected experiments from electricity & magnetism (LCR circuit, Helmholtz coil), optics (interference
and diffraction) and
Selected experiments from modern physics (specific charge of electron, hydrogen spectrum,
photoelectric effect) etc.

Text Books:
B. L. Worsnop and H. T. Flint, Advanced Practical Physics for students, Asia Publishing House, 1971
G. L. Squires, Practical Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2001
M. Nelkon and P. Parker, Advanced Level Physics, 7
th
Edition, Cbs, 2006
B.K. Mathur, Introduction to Geometrical and Physical Optics, 7
th
Edition, Gopal Printing, 1967

68 | P a g e

SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code: CE 111
Course Title: Applied Mechanics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments based on the following:
Verification of the law of polygon of coplanar, concurrent forces, in equilibrium using
universal force table, condition of equilibrium of concurrent forces in space using space
frame, the conditions of equilibrium of bodies under the action of coplanar parallel forces
with the help of simple beam/overhang beam,
Determination of the forces in the members of Simple plane Roof Truss,
Determination of the modulus of elasticity of a steel wire,
Determination of the co-efficient of friction between a leather belt and pulley, as well as
rope and pulley,
Determination of the coefficient of static friction between different surface in contact,
Determination of the value of acceleration of earth g by Fletchers trolley,
Determination of mass moment of inertia of a flywheel, performance of simple lifting
machines
Reference Books:
K. L. Kumar: Engineering Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003


Course Code: CH 101
Course Title: Chemistry
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Unit 1 10 hours
Inorganic Chemistry:
Atomic orbitals, VBT, MO theory e.g. N2, O2, CO and HF. Transition Metal Complexes: Crystal
field theory, Crystal field effects in linear, tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral geometry,
magnetism, bonding aspects and structural distortion.
Unit 2 4 hours
Organometallics:
EAN rule, metal carbonyls synthesis, bonding and structure, metallocenes synthesis and
properties.

Unit 3 15hours
Stereochemistry and Spectroscopy

Aromaticity Huckels rule, aromatic ions,
Structure and Stereoisomerism: Conjugation and aromaticity, stereoisomerism, structural
representation of stereoisomers, IUPAC conventions for optical and geometrical isomers.
69 | P a g e

Introduction to spectroscopic techniques. Green Chemistry, Fundamentals of medicinal
chemistry, Synthesis of organic molecules.

Unit 4 13 hours
Phase Equillibria and Catalysis
Phase diagram, Gibbs phase rule, one component system, binary isomorphous phase diagram,
solid solutions, and Hume Rothery rules.
Catalysis: Homogeneous, Heterogeneous and Biocatalysis. Applications of Catalysis.

Text Books:
P. W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 9th Ed., 2011.
R. T. Morrison and R. N. Boyd: Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 5th Ed., 1990.
J. D. Lee: Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 4th Ed., ELBS, 1991.
D. K. Chakravarty, B. Vishwanathan: Heterogeneous Catalysis, New Age International, New Delhi,
2007.

Reference Books:

G. M. Barrow: Physical Chemistry, 5th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1992.
D. A. McQuarrie& J. D. Simon: Physical Chemistry A Molecular Approach, Viva Books, 1998.
L. G. Wade: Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education 6th Ed., 2006.
G. Solomons and C. Fryhle: Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.
M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane: Chemical Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill, 1980.
D. D. Ebbing: General Chemistry, Houghton Miffin Co., 1984.
J. C. Kuriacos and J. Rajaram: Chemistry in Engineering and Technology, Vol. I & II, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.
Michael Smith, Jerry March: Marchs Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and
Structure, 2007.
G. C. Bond: Heterogeneous Catalysis: Principles & Applications, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987.
Pietro Tundo, Alvise Perosa, Fulvio Zecchini: Methods and Reagents for Green Chemistry: An
Introduction, Wiley Interscience, 2007.
Gareth Thomas: Fundamentals of Medicinal Chemistry, Wiley Interscience, 2003

Course Code: CH 111
Course Title: Chemistry Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments illustrating the concepts of
1) Complexometric Reaction
2) Oxidation Reduction Reactions
3) Spectrophotometer
4) Electric Potential
5) Chemical Kinetics
6) Organic Synthesis
7) Chromatography
8) Packing Fraction
9) Adsorption
10) Catalysis,
11) Electrolytic Conductance.


70 | P a g e

Reference Books:
D.P. Shoemaker, C.W. Garland and J.W. Nibler: Experiments in Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1996
V.D. Athawale and P. Mathur: Experimental Physical Chemistry, 1st Edition, New Age International
Publication, New Delhi, 2001.
J.B. Yadav: Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Pub., Meerut, 2003
S. M. Khopkar: Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry, 3rd Edition, New Age International Publication,
New Delhi, 2008
P. Samnani: Experiments in Chemistry, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2007

Course Code: EE 103
Course Title: Electrical Technology
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 14 hours
D.C. Machines:
Construction, simple lap and wave windings, emf , torque and power equations, circuit model,
generating and motoring modes, magnetizing characteristics, introduction to armature reaction
and commutation, self excited generators, shunt series and compound motors , speed control,
efficiency and losses
Unit 2 14 hours
Transformers:
Fundaments and construction of single phase and three phase transformers, ideal transformer,
emf equation, no load conditions, loading, accounting for finite permeability and core losses,
equivalent circuit, no load and short circuit tests, per unit system, voltage regulation, efficiency,
auto-transformer, three phase transformers, star and delta connections.
Unit 3 12 Hours
Induction motor:
Equivalent circuit, torque speed characteristics, no load and blocked rotor tests, load test,
starting, speed control.
Unit 4 16 hours
Synchronous Machines:
Construction and basic principles, three phase windings, rotating magnetic fields, distribution
and pitch factors, emf equation, synchronous speed, armature reaction, synchronous reactance,
voltage regulation, synchronizing to mains, damper winding, Vector diagram for generating and
motoring modes, synchronous motor starting, V curves.
Induction Machine
Construction and simple theory of operation of three phase Fractional kW Motors: Brief
description of reluctance motor, hysteresis motor, two phase servo motor, stepper motors.

Text Books:
Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans, Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003.
B. L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005
P. S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.

Reference Books:
M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors
Delhi, 2005.
71 | P a g e

Mukherjee and Chakravorty, Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2005.
Nagrath and Kothari, Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005.
Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972.
K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer, Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley
Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: EE 111 Course Title: Electrical Technology Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments based on the following:

Speed torque characteristic of DC series motor.
Speed torque characteristic of DC shunt motor.
No load characteristic of DC generator
Speed control of separately excited DC motor.
Open circuit and short circuit test of single phase transformer.
Load test of single phase transformer.
Determination of the equivalent circuit parameters from No-Load and Blocked rotor tests of three- phase
Induction Motor.
Speed control and Load test on three-phase SL Induction Motor.
'V' and 'inverted v' curves of a synchronous motor
Regulation of an alternator By zero power factor method

Reference Books:
Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans: Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003.
B. L. Theraja: A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005
P. S. Bimbhra: Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.
M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors
Delhi, 2005.
Mukherjee and Chakravorty: Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi,2005.
Nagrath and Kothari: Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005.
Vincent Del Toro: Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972 .
K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer: Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley
Eastern Ltd, 1993.


Course Code: MA 102 Course Title: Mathematics II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 2 hours per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 10 hours
Linear Algebra I:
Matrices and Determinants, Systems of linear equations. Gauss elimination, rank of a matrix,
inverse of a matrix.

72 | P a g e

Unit 2 18 hours
Linear Algebra II:
Vector spaces, linear transformations, Inner products, Bilinear and Quadratic forms, Eigen values
and eigenvectors, Similarity transformations. Diagonalization of Hermitian matrices.

Unit 3 14 hours
Ordinary Differential Equations I:
Ordinary Differential equations of the 1
st
order; exactness and integrating factors, Ordinary
Differential equations of the 2
nd
order, Picards iteration method.

Unit 4 14 hours
Ordinary Differential Equations II:
Ordinary linear differential equations of n
th
order. Solution of homogeneous and non
homogeneous equations. Operator method, Methods of undetermined coefficients and
variation of parameters. Systems of differential equations.

Text Books:
E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9
th
Ed., Wiley India, 2011.
Dennis G. Zill., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, III
rd
Ed., Narosa, 2009
Reference Books:
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007.
W.E. Boyce and R.C. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems,
9
th
ED., Wiley, International students edition, 2009.
V. Krishnamurthy, V.P. Mainra and J.L. Arora, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Affiliated East-
West Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.
C. Henry Edwards, David E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems
Computing and Modeling, 3
rd
Ed., Pearson, 2013.
B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006
Dr. Kailas K. Kanani, Dr. Gaurang V. Ghodasara, Anton & Rorres Elementary Linear Algebra,
Wiley India, 2012

Course Code: ME 111
Course Title: Workshop Practice
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ----
Practicaln : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I
Course Outline

This subject includes practicing of the students in following trades by making various jobs.
Carpentry
Plumbing
Electric Wiring
Welding
Facing & turning on Lathe
Milling
Fitting
Tin smithy operations
Drilling
Slotting
Assembling of various parts
73 | P a g e


Text Books:
H. S. Bawa: Workshop Practice, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

Reference Books:
Achuthan S. K. Hajra Choudhury et. al.: Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I and 2, 14th Ed. Media
Promoters and Publishers, 2009.

Course Code: PH
Course Title: Physics - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Unit-1 14 hours
Electrostatics: Coulomb's law, Gauss' law, Conductors, Capacitors, Electrostatic fields in matter, Dielectrics,
Bound charges, Electric displacement, Linear dielectrics
Uni-2 14 hours
Magnetostatics: Lorentz force law, Continuity equation, Biot-Savart law, Amperes law, Magnetic vector
potential, Magnetostatic boundary conditions, Magnetic fields in matter, Bound currents, Auxiliary field H
Unit- 3 14 hours
Electrodynamics: Electromotive force, Faradays law, Inductance, Displacement current, Maxwells equations,
Poynting vector, Electromagnetic waves, Waveguides, Simple antenna
Text Books:
D. J. Griffiths: Introduction to electrodynamics, 3
rd
Edition, Phi Learning, 2009
Reference Books:
J.R. Reitz, F.J. Milford, R.W. Christy: Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory, 4
th
Edition, Pearson
Addison Wesley, 2009
A. Mahajan, A. Rangwala: Electricity and Magnetism, 1
st
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1988
E.M. Purcell: Berkeley Physics Course: Electricity and Magnetism, Volume 2, 2
nd
Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2007
R.P. Feynman, R.B. Leighton, M. Sands: The Feynman Lectures on Physics Vol II, 1
st
Edition, Narosa
Publishing House, 2010
B.B. Laud: Electromagnetics, 2
nd
Edition, New Age International (p) Ltd, New Delhi, 1987


Course Code: ME
Course Title: Thermodynamics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 Hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 Hours per Week
Practicals:Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credits
Total Credits : 4.0
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

74 | P a g e

Unit 1 12 hours
Basic Concepts & Definitions:
Classical (Equilibrium) and Statistical thermodynamics macroscopic and microscopic points of
view, thermodynamic system, surroundings, system boundary, control mass and control volume
thermodynamic properties, processes and cycles, thermal equilibrium, quasi-static process
pure substance, simple compressible substance, continuum concept.
Matterits phases, working medium/substance/agentits definition, definition of
thermodynamic equilibriummechanical, thermal, chemical, representation of thermodynamic
processes and cycles on 2-property plots.
Zeroth law of thermodynamics reproducible reference points ideal gas temperature and
ideal gas thermometer
Energy and Various Forms:
Thermodynamic definitions of work and heat work done at the moving boundary of a simple
compressible substance-displacement (pdV) work and other types of work interactions net work done by
a system, free expansion with zero work done, work interaction: a path function, Energy its definitions,
forms of its occurrence in various fields mechanical, electrical, electronics, chemical, atomic, nuclear,
thermal, - the units of energy measurements and their equivalents.
Unit 2 14 hours
First Law Analysis:
Statements of first law of thermodynamics for a control mass undergoing a cycle and for a
change in state internal energy as a thermodynamic property heat energy as path function,
perpetual motion machine of first kind, different forms of energy enthalpy specific heat at
constant pressure and constant volume, First law analysis of elementary processes such as
isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, adiabatic and polytropic undergone by an ideal gas.

First law applied to control volume steady flow processes mass and energy balance in simple
steady flow process application of steady flow energy equation to systems like nozzle, diffuser,
throttling devices, pumps, compressors, turbine and heat exchanger general form of energy
equation. First law applied to transient processes.

Unit 3 16 hours
Second Law Analysis:
Thermodynamic definition of heat engine, direct and reversed heat engine, diagrammatic
representation of heat engine, performance parameters of direct and reversed heat engines
Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statements of second law their equivalence perpetual motion
machine of the second kind Concept of reversibility, reversible process and reversible cycle -
conditions of reversibility irreversibility factors that render a process irreversible concept of
reversible heat transfer process examples Carnot reversible cycle Carnot theorem and its
consequences definition of thermodynamic (Absolute) temperature scale using the concept of
reversible engines
Inequality of Clausius definition of entropy as property temperature entropy diagram
entropy change during irreversible adiabatic process reversible adiabatic process entropy
principle & applications - change of entropy during processes undergone by ideal gas - entropy
generation principle of increase of entropy, entropy as a rate equation.
Second law applied to a control volume- steady state and transient processes- reversible steady
state process- Concept of available energy, reversible work and irreversibility- availability
(exergy) and second law efficiency- Guoy-stodola theorem simple engineering applications.
75 | P a g e

Unit 4 14 hours
Properties of Pure Substances:
P-V-T surfaces, P-V, P-T, T-S and H-S diagrams of pure substance, use of steam tables and charts.
Equation of State for Real Gases:
Ideal gas equation Van-der-waal equation of state, Berthelot equation of state, Dieterici
equation of state, Beattie-Bridgeman equation of state, virtual expansion etc. Amagat
isotherms compressibility factor compressibility chart.
Thermodynamic Relations:
Maxwell relation, T-dS relations, volume coefficient of expansion and isothermal compressibility,
specific heat relations, Joule-Thompson coefficient and their relation, Clausius-Clapeyron
equation
Unit 5 (Self Study)
Basics of Exergy analysis Exergy analysis of a simple thermal system
Model making of P-V-T surface to illustrate properties of pure substance
Model making of any closed and open thermodynamic systems
Text Books:
Sonntag, R.E., Borknakke,C & Van Wylen, G. J, Fundamental of Thermodynamics, 6
th
Ed., Wiley
Student Edition, 2003
Nag, P.K., Engineering Thermodynamics, 3
rd
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub.,2005
Cengel, Y., A., and Boles, M.A, Thermodynamics- An Engineering Approach, McGraw Hill, 2
nd

Revised Ed., 1997
Reference Books:
Achuthan, M, Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall India, 2002
Rao, Y.V.C., An Introduction to Thermodynamics, University Press, India P Ltd., Revised Ed.,
2004.
Chattopadhyay, P., Engineering Thermodynamics, Revised 1
st
Ed., Oxford University press, 2011
Zemensky, M.W., Heat and Thermodynamics, 7
th
Ed., McGraw Hill Pub., 1997
Dittman, R.H., & Zemensky, M.N., Heat & Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2008
Rogers, G.F.C., & Mayhew,Y.R., Engineering Thermodynamics, Work and Heat Transfer, 4
th
Ed.,
Longman
Spalding, D.B. and Cole,E.H., Engineering Thermodynamics Edward Arnold,1967
Kumar, D.S., Thermal Science & Engineering, 4
th
Ed., Kataria & Sons, New Delhi, 2006

THIRD SEMESTER

Course Code: CE 201 Course Title: Strength of Materials
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials : 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
76 | P a g e

Unit -1 14 hours
Tension, Compression, and Shear Introduction to Mechanics of Materials, Normal Stress and Strain,
Mechanical Properties of Materials, Elasticity, Plasticity, and Creep, Linear Elasticity, Hookes Law,
and Poissons Ratio, Shear Stress and Strain, Allowable Stresses and Allowable Loads, Design for Axial
Loads and Direct Shear
Axially Loaded Members Introduction, Changes in Lengths of Axially Loaded Members, Changes in
Lengths under Non uniform Conditions, Statically Indeterminate Structures, Thermal Effects, Misfits,
and Prestrains, Stresses on Inclined Sections
Torsion Introduction, Torsional Deformations of a Circular Bar, Circular Bars of Linearly Elastic
Materials, Non uniform Torsion, Stresses and Strains in Pure Shear, Relationship Between Moduli of
Elasticity E and G, Transmission of Power by Circular Shafts, Statically Indeterminate Torsional
Members
Unit 2 14 hours
Shear Forces and Bending Moments Introduction, Types of Beams, Loads, and Reactions, Shear
Forces and Bending Moments, Relationships between Loads, Shear Forces and Bending Moments,
Shear-Force and Bending-Moment Diagrams
Stress Longitudinal Strains in Beams, Normal Stresses in Beams (Linearly Elastic Materials),Design of
Beams for Bending Stresses, Shear Stresses in Beams of Rectangular Cross Section Shear Stresses in
Beams of Circular Cross Section, Shear Stresses in the Webs of Beams with Flanges, Composite
Beams
Unit 3 14 hours
Analysis of Stress and Strain Introduction, Principal Stresses and Maximum Shear Stresses, Mohrs
Circle for Plane Stress, Hookes Law for Plane Stress, Triaxial Stress
Applications of Plane Stress (Pressure Vessels and Combined Loadings) Introduction, Spherical
Pressure Vessels, Cylindrical Pressure Vessels, and Combined Loadings
Strain Energy: Elastic strain energy in tension, shear, torsion and bending, theorem of Castigliano
Unit 4 14 hours
Deflections of Beams Introduction, Differential Equations of the Deflection Curve, Deflections by
Integration of the Bending-Moment Equation, Deflections by Integration of the Shear-Force and
Load Equations, Method of Superposition
Curved bars: Pure bending of curved bars, bending of curved bars by forces acting in the plane of
symmetry, particular cases of curved bards, deflection of curved bars, arch hinged at the ends
Columns Introduction, Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned Ends, Columns with Other
Support Conditions

Text Books:

E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hill of India, New Delhi, 1973.
S P Timoshenko, Strength of Materials: Elementary Theory and Problems (Part I), 3
rd
Edition, CBS
Publisher, 2002.
77 | P a g e

M L Gambhir, Fundamentals of solid mechanics: A Treatise on Strength of Materials Print Edition, PHI
Learning, 2009.


Reference Books:

S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl and T.V. Lardner, Mechanics of Solids: An Introduction, McGraw Hill International,
Tokyo, 1994.
R. C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials (SI Units), 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
G H Ryder, Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition, Macmillan, 2002.
S. P. Timoshenko, History of Strength of Materials New ed Edition (Paperback), Dover Publications, 1983.
J P Den Hartog, Strength of Materials, Dover Publications, 1961.
E. Russell Johnston, David F. Mazurek, John T. Dewolf, Ferdinand P.Beer, Mechanics of Materials (SI Units),
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
Robert L. Mott, Applied Strength of Materials 5th Edition, Paperback, Prentice-Hall, 2009.
W A Nash, Strength of Materials 4 Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.

78 | P a g e


Course Code: CE 211
Course Title: Strength of Materials Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical :3 hours per
Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments:

Axial tension of mild steel and cast iron,
Compression on concrete,
Bending of beams,
Testing on shear,
Buckling of columns,
Experiments on shear centre,
Continuous and interconnected beams,
Unsymmetrical bending of angle sections,
Buckling of columns of various cross-section and end conditions.

References:

David, Troxell, Inspection and Testing of Engineering Materials, Wskocil.

======================
Course Code: HS 201 Course Title: Introduction to Sociology
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials : ---
Practical : ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit -1 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY AND ITS INSTITUTIONS
Disciplines of Humanities, Social sciences and Science
Need for understanding society and description of society at various stagesagrarian,
industrialized, multicultural.
Society as a system and its sub-systems
Some social institutions and impact of science and technology on it:
- Family
- Kinship
- Religion
- Education
Unit 2 14 hours
UNDERSTANDING THE COMPLEXITY OF SOCIETY
Social stratification: Meaning and Impact
Issues of marginalized sections:
79 | P a g e

- Gender
- Caste
- Class
- Race and Ethnicity
Approaches to study of society:
- Conflict: Karl Marxs theory and Hegels theory
- Functional: Theories of Talcott Parsons and Robert Merton

Unit 3 14 hours
UNDERSTANDING THE DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES IN SOCIETY
Processes of change in society:
- Social change, modernization, westernization,
urbanization,globalization,Liberalization,Privatization
Concepts of Development, Human Development Index, Cultural Capital and Indigenous
knowledge and impact of science and technology
Issues in Development:
- Inclusive development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and
technology
- Sustainable development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and
technology
Unit 4 (Self Study)
Suggested sessional work (Any 0ne)
- A Survey on impact of science and technology on society in your community
- A Report on Contribution of NGO in the development of society based on visit and
interaction
- Prepare a newsletter on science and technology for human development.
Suggested Readings:
Sen, A. Sustainable Development And Our Responsibilities
http://www.fabricaethica.it/documenti/937.Amartya%20Sen_UNIPOL.pdf
Amartya Sen lecture series http://www.sen-lecture.eu/
Haralambos, M. (2011) Sociology Themes and Perspectives
Mitchell, G D (1979). SOCIOLOGY The study of Social Systems.Oxford University Press:
Mumbai
Ritzer, G. (2011). Sociological Theory. Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited: New
Delhi
Human Development Report http://hdr.undp.org/en/reports/
World Development Report 2012: Gender Equality and Development
http://publications.worldbank.org
Abraham Francis and John Harry Morgan (1985) Modern Sociological Thought: From Comte
to Sorokin, McMillan India Limited:, Delhi.
Aron, Raymond (1965-67) Main Currents in Sociological Thought, Vol. I and Vol. II, Penguin.
Fletcher Ronald (1971): The Making of Sociology, Vol. I & II, Michael Joseph Ltd./Thomas
Nelson and Sons, London
David Ashley and David M. Orenstein (1995): Sociological Theory- Classical Statements
(Third Edition), Allyn and Bacon, Paramount Publishing, Massachusetts.
80 | P a g e

Zeitlin Irving M (1969): Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory, Prentice Hall,
New Delhi.
Coser, Lewis A.( 1977). Masters of Sociological Thought, Harcourt Base, New York.
Giddens, Anthony (1997) Capitalism and Modern Social Theory An analysis of Writings of
Marx, Durkheim and Weber, Cambridge University Press.
Hughes John A., Martin, P. J. and Sharrock W. W (1995) Understanding Classical Sociology
Marx, Weber and Durkheim, London, Sage Publications
Tucker, K.N (2002). Classical Social Theory, Blackwell Publication, Oxford
Marx, Karl A (1970/77). Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy, Progress
Publishers, Moscow
Course Code: MA 203 Course Title: Mathematics III
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
Unit 1
Partial Differential equations: 14 hours
Formation of PDE, linear PDE of first order (P*p+Q*q=R), non linear PDE of first order, equations
of the form: f(p, q)=0, z=px+qy+f(p, q), f(z, p, q)=0, f(x, p)=f(y, p), homogeneous linear PDE with
constant coefficients, Second order partial differential equations, classification in to elliptic,
parabolic and hyperbolic equations, models leading to 2
nd
order PDEs, boundary value problems
involving 2
nd
order PDEs and their solution by methods of separation of variables, heat, wave
and Laplace equations and their solution by method of separation of variables and using Fourier
series.
Unit 2 14 hours
Laplace Transforms:
Definition, Linearity property, Laplace transforms of elementary functions, Shifting theorem
Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Convolution theorem, Application of
Laplace transforms in solving ordinary differential equations, Laplace transforms of periodic,
Unit step and Impulse functions.
Unit 3 14 hours
Numerical Methods:
Finite difference, Newtons interpolation formulae, Lagranges formula, numerical integration:
trapezoidal rule, Simpsons rule. Solution of equations of one variable: Bisection method,
Newton raphson method. Solution of system of linear equations: Gauss Seidel and Jacobi
methods. Numerical solution of differential equation: Eulers method, modified Euler method,
Runge Kutta method, finite difference methods for ordinary differential equations.
Unit 4 14 hours
Functions of Complex Variable
Limit, continuity and derivative of functions of a complex variable, analytic functions and their
applications: Harmonic, conjugate harmonic and potential functions;
Linear transformations of complex domains, some special transformations, bilinear
transformations, transformation by some standard functions, conformal mapping, applications
of transformations and conformal mappings.

Text Books:
Dennis G. Zill., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, III
rd
Ed., Narosa, 2009
81 | P a g e

E. Kreyszig., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9
th
Ed., Wiley India, 2011
C. Henry Edwards, David E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems Computing and
Modeling, 3
rd
Ed., Pearson, 2013.

Reference Books:
B.S. Grewal., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna, New Delhi.
W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima., Elementry Differential Equations, John Wiley-2005.
R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown., Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems, McGraw-Hill-2006.
M.D. Raisinghania, S. Kolibal, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Chand (S.) & Co Ltd ,India, 2005.
P. P. Dyke, An Introduction to Laplace Transforms and Fourier Series, Springer, Reprint 2004.


Course Code: ME- 303
Course Title: Machine Design - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2013-14
Semester : third
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1: Introduction to Machine Drawing (3 hours)
Free hand sketches of m/c elements such as bolts, nuts, washers, studs, tapped holes. Conventional
representation of assembly of threaded parts in external and sectional views
Types of Drawings
Lines and Dimensioning, Surface roughness:
Fits and Tolerance, allocation of fits for various mating parts, tolerance data sheet, and tolerance
table preparation Geometric tolerance, Roughness and Machining symbols, indication on drawings
Unit 2: Design consideration of Machine Parts (10 hours)
Definition and understanding of various types of design, Morphology of design, Design procedure, ,
Selection of materials, Properties and I.S. coding of various materials, factors of safety, Stress
Concentration and methods of relieving stresses, Types of stresses-tensile, compressive, shear,
bending, bearing, crushing, Eccentric axial stresses, principle stress, Standardization and preferred
numbers, Residual stresses.
Fatigue Loading:
Design for fluctuating stresses, Endurance limit, Estimation of Endurance strength, Goodmans
line, Soderbergs line, Modified Goodmans line.
Unit 3: Design of Shaft, Keys and Couplings (10 hours)
Design of solid and hollow shaft for transmission of torque, bending moment and axial forces, Design
of shaft for critical speed, design of shaft for rigidity and stiffness,
Design of different types of keys, design of a muff and clamp coupling, Rigid coupling, Flange
Coupling, Flexible coupling- Oldham, universal coupling.
Unit 4: Design of Fasteners: (9 hours)
a)Design of Riveted Joints:
82 | P a g e

Types of riveted joints, design of double and triple riveted butt joints with equal and unequal cover
plates, Design of Circumferential joint, Longitudinal Butt Joint, Eccentric loading.
b) Welded Joints
Types of welded joints, stresses in welded joints, Design for various loading conditions in torsion,
shear, or direct load, eccentrically loaded welded
joints, welding symbols.
c) Miscellaneous Joints:
Design of Gibb and cotter, and knuckle joint, Design of Spigot and socket Joint, Design of Turn
buckle.
Unit: 5 Power Screws: (10 hours)
Types of power screw threads, design of screw with different types of threads used in practice,
Design of nuts, Design of C clamp, Screw jack
Levers:
General Procedure for design of levers, design of lever for safety valve, design of bell crank lever,
design of rocker arm for exhaust valves.
Text Books:
P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal Machine Design, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009.
V. B. Bhandari Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

Reference Books:
S. G. Kulkarni, Machine Design - Solved Problems", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, "Mechanical Engineering Design", McGraw Hill
International Edition.
Machine Design by Shigley Tata McGraw hill.
Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education.
Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan


Course Code: ME
Course Title: Machine Design I Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: :3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Tutorials : 1.5 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Academic Year : 2014-15
Semester : third
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Drawings of the following using proportionate dimensions on Sheets.
a) Engine parts cylinder, liners, piston, connecting rod, crank shaft, stuffing boxes, cross
heads, Eccentrics.
b) Machine parts Screws jacks, Machine Vices, Plummer block, Tailstock.
c) Valves: Steam stop valve, spring loaded safety valve, feed check valve and air cock
83 | P a g e

Plotting the drawings in AutoCAD, plotting drawing using the plot dialog box, adding plotters
and using plot styles, plotting sheets.
Prepare programs for designing and verification of Simple Machine Elements (eg. Couplings,
pulleys, etc.) in C++
Prepare Autolisp program for auto-generation of simple machine elements

Text Books:
P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal Machine Design, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009.
V. B. Bhandari Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
E Balagurusamy Object Oriented Programming With C++, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co
AutoLISP Developer's Guide, Autodesk, Inc

Reference Books:
S. G. Kulkarni, Machine Design - Solved Problems", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, "Mechanical Engineering Design", McGraw Hill
International Edition.
Machine Design by Shigley Tata McGraw hill.
Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education.
Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

Course Code: ME 201 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: -
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1 14 hours

Concepts & Definitions:
Introduction ideal and real fluids, fluid continuum classification and properties of fluid.
control volume, control mass, fluid element continuum concept - Newtons law of viscosity
Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, compressibility of fluids-bulk modulus-compression and
expansion of gases-speed of sound, vapour pressure, surface tension
Fluid at Rest:
Pressure at a point, basic equation for pressure field, pressure variation in a fluid at rest for
incompressible and compressible fluids Pressure variation in a fluid with rigid body motion-
linear motion- rigid body rotation. Pressure head- absolute and gauge pressures- measurement
of pressure- manometry simple, differential, inclined manometers.
Hydrostatic Forces on Surfaces:
Total pressure and centre of pressure forces on horizontal, vertical, inclined submerged
surfaces
Buoyancy and Floatation:
Buoyancy,-centre of buoyancy, equilibrium of floating bodies metacentric height, oscillation of
floating bodies

Unit 2 12 hours

Fluid Kinematics:
84 | P a g e

Eulerian and Lagrangian methods of describing flow Reynolds transport theorem- substantial
derivative and acceleration- translation, rotation and deformations Types of fluid flow -
Velocity field, steady and unsteady flows one, two and three dimensional flows -uniform and
non-uniform flows stream line, stream tube, path lines and streak lines. Equation of continuity
in differential form in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinate systems Equation of
stream line
Kinematic considerations of Vortex flows: vorticity dynamics, Kelvins circulation theorem,
Irrotational flows- velocity potential stream function - complex velocity, sources and sinks,
doublet. Plane source, source-sink pair, doublet and free vortex in a uniform flow.

Unit 3 16 hours
Fluid Dynamics: Ideal Fluid Flow Inviscid Incompressible Flows:
Flow analysis using control volume: Bernoullis equation practical application of Bernoulli
equation- orificemeter, venturimeter rotameter pitot tube, Impulse momentum equation
kinetic energy and momentum correction factors, momentum of momentum equation
Flow analysis using differential methods: Discharge in terms of stream function and velocity
potential function Laplace equation boundary conditions flow net
Principles of conservation, Conservation equations - mass, momentum and energy - differential
and integral forms of equations Bernouilli equation - Euler equation - linear motion and
deformation, angular motion and deformation, differential form of continuity equation- some
basic plane potential flows
Dimensional Analysis, Modeling and Similitude:
Physical quantities in fluid flow, dimensionally homogenous equations and their characteristics,
Buckinghams pi theory, calculation of dimensionless parameters and their physical significance,
similitude, models and scales.
Unit 4 14 hours

Fluid Dynamics - Viscous Incompressible Flows:
Laminar flow - two-dimensional flows without rotation- flow of viscous fluid between parallel
flat plates, Couette flow, plane Poiseuille flow, flow through pipes, Hagen Poiseuille flow. Flow
through pipes, laminar flow between parallel moving and stationary plates measurement of
viscosity Turbulent flow through pipes characteristics, shear stress in turbulent flow, concept
of eddy viscosity, Prandtl mixing length theory, hydrodynamically smooth and rough pipes,
Nikuradses experiment, Moodys chart
Losses in Pipe Flow
Pipe system major and minor losses , losses in fittings, transmission through pipes, pipes
connected in series and parallel, branched pipes, total energy line , hydraulic graidient lines.
Flow in pipes and bends, study of various losses.


Text Books:

White, F. M., Fluid Mechanics McGraw Hill Pub., 3
rd
Ed., New York, 1994,
Mohanty, A. K., Fluid Mechanics, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994
Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

Reference Books:

Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001
Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tat Mcgraw Hill P
Ltd., New Delhi ,2002
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Rathakrishnan, E,Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
85 | P a g e

Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012


Course Code: ME 202
Course Title: Engineering Metallurgy
Course Structure:
Lectures: 4 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit -1 18 Hours
Introduction to Material Science and Metallurgy: Classification of Engineering Materials, Engineering
requirements of materials, Properties of engineering materials, Criteria for selection of materials for
engineering applications.
Iron-Carbon diagram, plain carbon steels, Allotropy of iron.
Crystallization of metals, Solidification of an alloy, solid solution types.
Thermal Equilibrium diagrams of binary alloys. Effects of Structure on Physical Properties.

Unit 2 18 Hours
Ferrous metal and its alloys
Cast Iron: Grades, Alloy Cast Iron, Malleable Iron, S. G. Iron.
Wrought Iron: Properties and uses.
Steel: Classification of Steels, Properties and uses, Effects of alloying metals.
Heat Treatment of Steels: Study of Heat-Treatment processes such as Normalizing, Annealing,
spheroidizing, hardening, tempering, austempering, martempering, case-hardening, nitriding,
cyaniding, induction hardening, flame-hardening, ageing.
Unit - 3 10 Hours
Non-destructive testing such as Radiography Testing, Dye Penetration Testing, Magnetic Particle
Testing, Ultrasonic Testing. Etc.
Unit - 4 10 Hours
Powder Metallurgy: introduction, manufacturing of parts using powder metallurgy, powder
manufacturing techniques, applications.
Composites material: introduction, classification, Application.
Text Books:
Sidney Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy 2nd Edition (Paperback), Tata McGraw-Hill
Education,2011.
86 | P a g e

Reza Abbaschian, Lara Abbaschian, Robert E. Reed- Hill, Principles of Physical Metallurgy 1st Edition
(Paperback, Cengage Learning India,2010
George Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education (1997)
S. P. Nayak, Engineering Metallurgy and Material Science
G. B. S. Narang and K. Manchanedy, Materials and Metallurgy,
Kodgire, .Materials and Metallurgy,

Reference Books:
Agrawal, Science of Engineering Material,
Dr. Swaroop and Dr. Saxena, Elements of Metallurgy,
V Raghavan, Elements of Material Science,
W.G. Vinas and HL Mancini, Introduction to Material,
Dharmendrakumar and S. K. Jain, Material Science and Manufacturing Process,
Robert Read, Physical Metallurgy,
Rollason, Physical Metallurgy,
Hyegins, Physical Metallurgy,
Rabert, Tool steel,
Annver, Material Science,
O.P. Khanna, Material Science,
William and collister Material Science and Engineering,



Course Code: ME 211
Course Title: Fluid Mechanics Laboratory - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments:

Verification of Bernoulli theorem
Calibration of Pitot Static tube
Minor transmission losses in pipes,
Determination of friction factor of pipes,
Flow measurement by Orifices, venturimeter and rotameter,
computations of various coefficients involving jet flow through orifice,
Reynolds apparatus, Magnus effect.
Experiments on Free and forced vortex apparatus
Calibration of pressure gauge
Friction loss in pipes

Text Books:
White, F. M., Fluid Mechanics McGraw Hill Pub., 3
rd
Ed., New York, 1994,
Mohanty, A. K., Fluid Mechanics, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994
Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

Reference Books:
Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001
Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tat Mcgraw Hill P
Ltd., New Delhi ,2002
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
87 | P a g e

Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Rathakrishnan, E,Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi

FOURTH SEMESTER
Course Code: ME 203 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per
Week
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1 11 hours

Boundary Layer Theory:
Prandtl laminar boundary layer concept for flow over flat surface - boundary layer equations in
differential and integral forms Blasius solution - von Karman momentum integral equation
boundary layer thickness- displacement thickness- momentum thickness and energy thickness,
turbulent boundary layer on a flat plate, total drag on a flat plate due to laminar and turbulent
boundary layer, boundary layer separation control of separation
Flow Around Submerged Bodies Drag and Lift:
Dimensional analysis of drag and lift- stream lined and bluffs bodies, drag on sphere and cylinders,
circulation and lift position of stagnation points, pressure at any point of the circular cylinder,
Kutta-Joukowski theorem for lift, lift coefficient, magnus effect

Unit 2 11 hours

Compressible Flow Theory:
Review of conservation laws for compressible flow- integral and differential forms of continuity,
momentum and energy equation.
Concepts of Compressible Flow -Velocity of sound-Mach number and its significance-incompressible
- subsonic and supersonic flows-physical difference between various flow regimes-concept of
stagnation conditions-kinetic form of steady flow energy equation-reference speed of compressible
flow-stream thrust and impulse function- effect of compressibility on dynamic properties-steady
one-dimensional compressible flow of perfect gas
Isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas
Governing equations-effect of area variation-reference states and isentropic flow relations-
supersonic nozzles-differential equations governing flow with area change-adiabatic flow

Unit 3 11 hours

Non-isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas:
Fanno Flow- Fanno relations for ideal gas- change in entropy due to friction dynamic equation-
differential equations governing flow with friction-isothermal flow in long constant area ducts.
Rayleigh Flow- Rayleigh line- significance of maximum entropy and enthalpy-Rayleigh relations for a
perfect gas-amount of heat transfer.
88 | P a g e

Normal Shock Waves - Types of flow in compressible flow general characteristics of normal shock
normal shock equations Prandtl-Meyer equation, Rankine Hugoniot relations, weak and strong
shocks

Unit 4 09 hours

Oblique Shock Waves weak compression and expansion waves compression shock wave and
expansion fan governing equation of oblique shock
Flow Through Nozzles and Diffusers operation of nozzles under varying pressure ratio-under
expansion and over expansion in nozzles- losses in nozzles- performance of diffusers-subsonic and
supersonic air intakes- wind tunnel
Propulsion Systems air breathing propulsion aircraft propulsion engines comparison of
propulsion systems.

Text Books:

Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008
Balachandran, P., Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, 2
nd
print, Prentice Hall India P
Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012

Reference Books:

Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Shames, H., Mechanics of Fluids, 3
rd
Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1962
Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A.J., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., John Wiley, 1994
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006



Course Code: ME 215 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics II Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : -
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments

Impact of Jet on stationary flat and curved surfaces
Wind tunnel test on flow around submerged bodies like cylinders pressure distribution
Wind tunnel test on flow aerofoil sections - Drag and Lift
Flow through nozzles and diffusers
Performance evaluation of reciprocating air compressor
Performance testing on centrifugal fan
Performance testing on centrifugal blowers
Determination of friction factor for flow through pipes under laminar and turbulent flow conditions.


Text Books:

Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008
Balachandran, P., Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, 2
nd
print, Prentice Hall India P Ltd., New
Delhi, 2007
89 | P a g e

Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012

Reference Books:

Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Shames, H., Mechanics of Fluids, 3
rd
Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1962
Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A.J., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., John Wiley, 1994
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006


Course Code: ME 204 Course Title: Manufacturing Technology I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II
Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)
Introduction: Introduction to manufacturing, classification of manufacturing processes and machine
tools, Primary cutting motions, feed and auxiliary motion, gearing diagram, transmission ratio of
drives

Unit 2 (14 hours)
Mechanics of Machining: Geometry of single point cutting tool, tool signature systems and its
conversion, mechanism of chip formation, orthogonal and oblique cutting, chip breakers, machining
forces and merchants diagram, Cutting temperature- causes, effects,, assessment & control, cutting
fluid.

Machinability: Concept of machinability and its improvement, failure of cutting tool and its life,
cutting tool materials

Unit 3 (16 hours)
Turning: basic principle, purpose and application, turning allied operations like facing, taper turning,
setting of machines for various jobs special attachments and accessories.

Drilling, reaming and Boring: basic principle, purpose and application, mechanisms- attachments and
accessories tools

Milling: Classification, kinematic diagram of column and knee type of milling machine types of
milling operations holding of tool and work, indexing

Unit 4 (10 hours)

Abrasive Machining: Importance of finishing process, basic principle, purpose and application, types
of machines and operations, selection of grinding wheel and their conditioning
Broaching: basic principle, purpose and application
Super finishing Operations: Honing, lapping, super finishing

Text Books:

90 | P a g e

Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata
McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books

V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin, Principles of Engineering Manufacture, 3 rd Edition, Viva
Publications
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)


Course Code: ME 211 Course Title: Workshop Practices - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments on

Lathe tool dynamometer (Making of Merchant Circle)
Examples on tool life & machinability index

Carrying out jobs with operations
Turning
Facing
Taper turning
Grooving
Thread cutting (internal and external)
Drilling
Slotting

Text Books:

Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology : Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata
McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books:

V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin, Principles of Engineering Manufacture, 3 rd Edition, Viva
Publications
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)


Course Code: HS 202 Course Title: Economics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical:- nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory :3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II

91 | P a g e

Course Outline

Unit 1 12 hours
Basic Concepts & Definitions:
Economics as a Science of Wealth, Science of Material Welfare and Science of Scarcity. Nature of
Economic Problem. Economic Systems. Fundamental Problems of an Economy. Basic Terms
Goods, Utility, Value, Wealth and Income.
Demand Analysis:
Meaning of Demand, Law of Demand and Determinants of Demand. Elasticity of Demand
Price, Income, Cross and Advertising. Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Consume Surplus and
Indifference Curve Analysis.
Price Determination and Market Structure:
Introduction to Supply, Equilibrium Price and Forms of Market. Features of Different Forms of
Market.Price determination in Perfect Completion, Monopoly, Oligopoly and Monopolistic
Markets. Break-Even Analysis.
Unit 2 10 hours
Indian Economy:
Nature and Characteristics of Indian Economy. Contribution of Agriculture, Industry and Service
Sector to GDP, Employment.
Economic Planning and Role of Government.
Scio-Economic Problems in India Population - Effects and Causes of High Growth Rate of
Population.
Poverty Meaning, Causes and Effect of Poverty. Concept of Poverty Line.
Unemployment Types and Causes of Unemployment.
Economic Reforms and LPG model in Detail.
Indicators of development Human Development Index (HDI).


Unit 3 10 hours

Introduction to Macro Economics:
Difference between Micro and Macro Economics. Circular Flow of Income. Concepts and
Measurement of National Income. Introduction to the theory of Income, Employment and
Output. Consumption and Saving Function.
Money and Banking:
Definition, Types and Functions of Money. Role of Money in Economic Development. Types and
Functions of Banks. Credit Creation in Commercial Bank. Role of Central Bank.
Monetary Policy. Inflation- Meaning, Types, Causes, Effects and Measures to Correct Inflation.
Business Cycles.

Unit 4 10 hours
International Business:
International Trade, Free Trade v/s Protection.
Foreign Investment FDI and FPI, FDI Meaning, Determinants and Limitations of FDI.
FDI in India Policy Routes, Sector specific policies. Inflow of FDI Country wise, Sector wise
and State wise. DTAA & Prohibition of FDI
Foreign Exchange Meaning Rate (Determination and Changes).
Balance of payments Meaning Definition Structure and Components of BOP.

Text Books:
Dewett K.K. and J.D. Varma, Elementary Economic Theory S Chand & Co Ltd.
Ahuja H. L Principles of Microeconomics - A New-Look Textbook of Microeconomic Theory, S
Chand & Co Ltd.
92 | P a g e

Dutt, Ruddar and Sundram K.P.M. (2012): Indian Economy, Sultan & Chand Co., New Delhi
Cherunilam, Francis (2012), International Economics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi.

Reference Books:
Stonier, A.W and Hague (1972): A Text Book of Economic Theory, ELBS, London.
Ahuja, H.L. (2010): Advanced Economic Theory, Sultan Chand and Co., New Delhi.
Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi.
Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen. Economic Development and Social Opportunity. Oxford University
Press.
Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), New Delhi
Shankar Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, Indias Economy: Performances and Challenges:
Development and Participation, Oxford University Press.
Dominick Salvatore, International Economics: Trade and Finance, John Wiley International
Student Edition, 10th edition, 2011.
Samuelson, Paul Economics Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010


Course Code: EE 221 Course Title: Basic Electronics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 Hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 Hours per Week
Practicals:
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals :
Total Credits : 3.0
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit-1 9 Hours
Junction Diode Characteristics and Circuits:
Open Circuited p-n Junction, p-n Junction as a Rectifier, Breakdown Diodes, Tunnel Diode,
Semiconductor Photodiode, Photovoltaic Effect, Light Emitting Diodes, Diode as a Circuit Element,
Clipping Circuits, Clipping at Two Independent Levels, Comparators, Display Devices (LED and LCD).
LDR.
Unit-2 9 Hours
Transistors and Transducer.
Junction Transistor, Transistor as an Amplifier, CB Configuration, CE Configuration, CE Cutoff region,
CE Saturation Region, CE Current Gain, CC Configuration, Phototransistor. Potentiometer,
Temperature Sensor. Displacement Transducers, Linear Variable Differential Transformer,
Capacitance Sensors. Temperature transducers RTD, Thermisters, Thermocouples- Their Ranges, and
Applications. Transducers for Pressure, Level and Flow Measurement, Strain Measurement.

Unit-3 9 Hours
Combinational and Sequential digital CIRCUITS
Basic Concepts of Gates; Encoder, decoder, multiplexer and demultiplexer. Flip flops using gates
(R-S Flip flop s, D Flip flop, J-K Flip flop, T Flip Flop), Asynchronous input Flip flop.
Basic Concepts of Counters and Registers; Shift Left and Right Register; Registers With Parallel Load;
Serial-In-Parallel-Out (SIPO) and Parallel-In-Serial-Out (PISO); Register Using Different Type of Flip-
Flops; Ripple(asynchronous) counters; Up Down and Mod-N ripple counters; Design of Synchronous
Counter Using State Diagrams and State Table; BCD Counters; Modulo-N Counter; Up Down Counter;
Ring counter; Johnson Counter, Sequence Generators, ADC and DAC.

Unit-4 15 Hours
Embedded Microcontroller and Application
Introduction to PLC, Microprocessor and Microcontroller, 8051 family microcontrollers, hardware
architecture, input/output pins, I/O ports and circuits, on chip ram ,general purpose registers
93 | P a g e

,special function ,addressing modes, data move instructions, arithmetic and logical instructions,
jump, loop and call instructions, concepts of subroutines
Timers-counters, Concepts of interrupts Microcontroller programming - Assembly Language
Programming, timer and counter programming, connection to RS 232, Interrupt programming, ADC/
DAC interfacing, Waveform generation, speed control of DC motor, Stepper motor control.

Text Book:
1.Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory by Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky [Ninth Edition]
A. K . Sawhney, Electrical and electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai &
co.,17th
Edition.
3. M. Mazidi and others, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, PRENTICE Hall Of
India, 3
rd
edition

Reference Books:
Integrated Electronics By Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Electronics Devices by Floyd , Pearson Publication [Seventh edition]
Morris Mano, Digital Logic And Computer Design, Prentice Hall Of India, 2005.

Course Code: EE 231 Course Title: Basic Electronics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practicals : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Study of Diode Characteristics,
Study of BJT Characteristics,
Study of FET Characteristics,
Study of CE Amplifier,
Study of CB Amplifier,
Study of, CC Amplifier,
Study of Diode Clipper Circuits,
Study of Diode Clamper Circuits,
Study Single Phase Half bridge Diode rectifier
Study Single Phase Full bridge Diode rectifier


Reference Books:
Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Floyd, Electronics Devices, Pearson Publication, Seventh edition
Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Ninth Edition.

Course Code: ME 205 Course Title: Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II
94 | P a g e


Course Outline

Unit 1: Mechanism & Machines: (3+6= 9hours)
Terminology and Definitions, Mechanism & Machines. rigid and resistance body, Links, frame,
Kinematic pair, Types of motion, degrees of freedom, classification of Kinematic pairs, Kinematic
Chain & its types, Linkage, Grashoffs Criterion Mechanics, Kinematic Inversion of Single and Double
slider crank Chain, Four bar Chain Mechanism with lower pairs, Straight line mechanism and
approximate straight line mechanism such as Paucellier, Harts mechanism, Watt, ModifiedScott-
Russel, Grasshoper, Roberts mechanism, Hookes Joint its analysis, condition for equal speed of
driven and driver shafts, Double Hooks Joint, Quick return mechanisms, Steering gear mechanisms
such as Davis and Ackermann Steering gear.
Kinematics:
Displacement, velocity and acceleration and analysis in simple mechanisms, Graphical Method
velocity and acceleration polygons, Instantaneous Centre of Velocity, Kennedy Theorem, Angular
velocity ratio theorem, Kinematic Analysis of Mechanism like Slider Crank Mechanism, Four-Bar
Mechanism
Unit 2: Belts, Ropes, Chains: (6 hours)
Introduction, belt and ropes drives, selection of belt drive, types of belt drives,V-belts, materials
used for belt and rope drives, wire rope, Slip and Creep of belt, tensions for flat belt drive, angle of
contact, centrifugal tension, maximum tension of belt, Chains, Classification, length, angular speed
ratio, classification of chains.
Unit 3: Gears & Gear Trains: (7 hours)
Introduction, Classification of Gears, Gear Terminology, Law of Gearing, Velocity of Sliding, Forms of
teeth, Cyclodial Profile Teeth, Both of Contact, Arc of the contact, Numbers of pairs teeth in contact,
Interference in involutes gears, Minimum Number of teeth, Interference between Rack and Pinion,
Under cutting, Comparison of Cyclodial and involutes tooth forms, Efficiency of Helical, Spiral,
Worm, Worm Gear, and Bevel Gears. Simple, Compound, Reverted, Epicyclic gear trains.
Cams: (6 hours)
Introduction, Definitions of cam and followers their uses, Types of Cams,Types of Followers and their
motion, Cam Terminology, Displacement Diagrams, Motion of the Followers, Analysis of motion of
followers : Roller follower, circular cam with straight, concave and convex ,flanks Graphical
Construction of the Profile.
Unit: 4 Synthesis of linkages (4 hours)
Kinematic synthesis, Function generation, Path generation, Motion generation, Graphical synthesis,
Precision positions, Structural error and chebychev spacing.
Unit: 5 Gyroscope (5 hours)
Concept of gyroscope, Angular acceleration, Gyroscopic effects in ships, Airplanes, Stability of two
wheeled vehicle, gyroscopic analysis of inclined rotating discs
Unit: 6 Flywheel (5 hours)
95 | P a g e

Function, construction, Flywheels rim and dimensions, Operation of flywheel in a punching
machine, Turning moment diagram, Fluctuation of energy and fluctuation of speed of crank shaft,
Coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed.
Text Books:
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi

Reference Books
Rao J.S. and Dukkipati R.V: Mechanisms and theory Machines theory, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mabie H.H and Ocvirk, F.W: Kinematic and Dynamics of Machinery,3
rd
Edition ,John wiley and sons.
Shigley, J.E and Uicker, J.J: Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Oxford University Press
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

FIFTH SEMESTER
Course Code:
Course Title: Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Governors: (6 hours)
Introduction, Function and types of governors, Centrifugal governors, Watt governor, Porter
governor, Proell governor, Hartnell governor, characteristics of governor- stability, Sensitivity,
isochronism, Hunting controlling forces and stability, Effort and power of governor, Inertia governor
Unit 2: Inertia forces in reciprocating parts: (6 hours)
Introduction, D Albertss Principle, Effect of number of forces on a rigid, Velocity and acceleration
of the piston, Forces on the reciprocating parts of an engine considering friction and inertia of
moving parts- piston effort, force acting along connecting rod, Thrust on sides of cylinder walls,
Crank effort, Thrust on crank shaft, Dynamically equivalent systems, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar
suspension.
Unit 3: Balancing (12 hours)
Need for balancing, Static balance, balancing of rotating masses in same and different planes,
Dynamic balancing, balancing of reciprocating masses, Balancing of locomotives, Partial balancing of
locomotives, swaying couple, hammer blow, variation in tractive effort, Balancing of multi cylinder in
line engines, direct and reverse crank concept.
Unit: 4 Mechanical Vibrations (18 hours)
96 | P a g e

Introduction, Degree of freedom, Types of vibrations, uses effects and remedy; free natural
vibrations, Damped vibrations; under damped, critically damped and over damped systems, Forced
vibrations with and without damping in single degree of freedom, rotating and reciprocating
unbalance, base excitations, Longitudinal and Transverse Vibrations, whirling of shaft with a single
disc with and without damping, Dunkerley's method for simply supported beams, Torsional
vibrations, torsionally equivalent system, stepped shafts Vibration measuring instruments,
vibrometer, accelerometer and frequency measuring instruments.
Text Books:
Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee
Reference Books
Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication
Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune
Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: Course Title: Kinematics and Dynamics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical : 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

To study and Observe the gyroscopic effect of a rotating disc
To balance the masses statically and dynamically of a single rotating mass system
To observation of effect of unbalance in a rotating mass system
Display of various modes of whirl for a shaft with
(a) both end fixed (b) one end fix and one end free (c) both end directionally free
Modes of vibration can be studied and frequency can be measured in each case
To study the effect of varying the initial spring compression in Hartnell Governor
To study the effect of varying the mass of the center sleeve in Porter and Proell
Governor
To study the determination of characteristics curves of radius of rotation against
controlling force (Actual & Theoretical) for all governors
To verify the relation of simple pendulum
To verify the relation of compound pendulum & to determine the radius of gyration
To study radius of gyration of bi-filar suspension
To study the undamped free vibration of spring mass system
To study the longitudinal vibration of helical coiled spring
To study Undamped torsional vibrations of single rotor system
To study Undamped torsional vibrations of double rotor system
Verification of Dunkerley's Rule

97 | P a g e

Text Books:

Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee


Reference Books::
Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication
Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune
Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education



Course Code: ME- 308 Course Title: Machine Design - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 1.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2012-13
Semester : Six
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Unit 1: Design Considerations: (3 Hours)
Manufacturing and assembly considerations, Design of components for casting, Welding, Forging,
hot and cold working, machining, Welding etc. Thermal considerations, Wear considerations in
design, Contact Stresses, Standardization and preferred numbers.
Unit: 2 Design of springs: (8 hours)
Classification, Spring materials and its selection, Wahls' factor and its use in design of spring,
Cylindrical helical spring with axial loading, Buckling of compression spring, Design of compression
spring, design of leaf spring.
Unit 3: Design of Pressure Vessels (9 hours)
Classification of pressure vessels, Design of thick cylindrical and spherical shells subjected to internal
pressure and external pressure, Compound cylinders subjected to internal and external pressure.
Unit 4: Design of clutches and brakes (7 hours)
Function , Classification, Material selection, Design of positive clutches, Friction clutches -cone,
single, Multiple and centrifugal clutches, Design of band brake, External and internal shoe brakes,
Internal expanding shoe brakes, Design of disc brakes.
Unit 5: Design of sliding and Journal bearing (8 hours)
Method of lubrication, Hydrodynamic, Hydrostatic, boundary, etc., Minimum film thickness and
thermal equilibrium, Selection of anti-friction bearings for different loads and load cycles, Design of
thrust bearing, Rolling contact bearing, Ball bearing, Rolling contact bearing under variable loading,
Mounting of the bearings, Method of lubrication, Selection of oil seals.
98 | P a g e

Unit 6: Power Transmissions Elements (6 hours)
Transmission of power by Belt and Rope drives, Transmission efficiencies, Design of Belts Flat and V
types, Design of Ropes, pulleys for belt and rope drives, Materials, Design of Chain drives and wire
rope.
Text Books:
Design of Machine Elements by V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Dr. Sadhu Singh, Machine Design, Khanna Pub.2009

Reference Books
Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., Fundamentals of Machine Elements, McGraw- Hill Book Co.
Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education.
Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

Design Data Handbook: PSG Design Data Handbook is permitted.
Course Code: ME
Course Title: Manufacturing Technology - 2
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practicals:Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals : 1.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Unit 1: Metal Forming (12 hours)
Elastic and plastic deformation, Concept of strain hardening.
Hot and cold working processes - rolling, forging, extrusion, swaging, wire and tube drawing.
Machines and equipment for the processes.

Unit 2 Sheet Metal Working (8 hours)
Applications of sheet formed products.
Shearing mechanism, Processes like blanking, piercing, punching, trimming, etc. Forming
processes like bending, cup drawing, coining, embossing, etc.
Presses for sheet metal working; Part feeding systems; Elements of die; punch and die
clearances; Progressive, compound and combination dies.
High energy rate forming processes.

Unit 3 Metal Casting (11 hours)
Introduction: Brief History, Advantages and Limitations, Applications
Patterns: Pattern materials, allowances, types of pattern, color code scheme
Sand Casting: Green and dry sand casting process, types of sand, molding sand and its
properties, molding sand composition.
Cores: Use, core material, types of cores, advantages and limitations, core prints, chaplets
Gating and Risering System: Element of gating systems, types of gates, Riser design
considerations
Special Molding Processes: Carbon dioxide molding process, Investment casting process, Die
casting process, shell molding process, Full molding process, Vacuum-Sealed casting process
99 | P a g e

Casting defects: Causes and remedies of defects such as blowholes, pinholes, blisters, hot
tears, cold shut, metal penetration.
Unit 4: Welding and allied Processes (11 hours)
Introduction: Principle of welding, Applications, Classification of welding processes
Manual metal arc(MMA) or shielded metal arc (SMA) welding: Equipment requirement,
electrodes, coating constituents and their functions, types of coatings; current and voltage
selection for electrodes.
Submerged arc welding (SAW): Process details, consumables such as fluxes and wires for
welding and field of applications.
Gas metal arc welding (GMAW) or MIG/MAG welding: Process details, shielding gases,
electrode wires, their sizes, and welding current ranges.
TIG welding: Process details, power sources requirements, electrode sizes and materials,
current carrying capacities of different electrodes, shielding gases, application of process.
Resistance welding: General principle of heat generation in resistance welding, application
of resistance welding processes. Process details and working principle of spot, seam, and.
projection welding, electrode materials, shapes of electrodes, electrode cooling, selection of
welding currents, voltages.
Brazing, braze welding and soldering
Welding defects and its remedies.

Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding (Volume - 1) 4
th
Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education
Reference books
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)
Little, L. Richard.Welding and Welding Technology 1st Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2001)
Kumar, Surender. Technology of Metal Forming Processes. PHI Learning Private Limited (2008)
Khanna, O. P. Foundry Technology. 15th Edition. Dhanpat Rai Publications (2011)

Course Code: ME Course Title: Manufacturing Technology 2 Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 0 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hour per Week
Practicals: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III
Course Outline
Study of various welding joints and symbols
Study of Manual metal arc welding
Study of Metal inert gas welding
Study of Tungsten Inert gas welding
Study of Submerge metal arc welding
Study of oxy acetylene welding and cutting
Study of resistance spot welding
Study of punching, blanking, deep drawing
100 | P a g e

Study of Electro discharge machining.
Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding (Volume - 1) 4
th
Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education
Reference books
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)
Little, L. Richard.Welding and Welding Technology 1st Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2001)
Kumar, Surender. Technology of Metal Forming Processes. PHI Learning Private Limited (2008)
Khanna, O. P. Foundry Technology, 15th Edition. Dhanpat Rai Publications (2011)


Course Code: Course Title: Environmental Science
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hour per Week
Practical: ----
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 2.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III
Course Outline
Unit -1 Environmental Problems, waste water treatment 7 hours
Unit 2 7 hours
Industrial waste water treatment, nuclear waste water treatment, power plant waste water
treatment.
Unit 3 7 hours
Solid waste management, E-waste, production of waste and disposal of waste, incineration, land
filling.
Unit 4 7 hours
AIr pollution & Health: Types of air pollutants, Impact on human health, Air quality
guidelines in protecting public health- global climate change and its effect.

Text Books:
Air pollution : M.N.Rao & H.V.N.Roa
Water supply and sanitary Engineering: G.S.Birdi.
Waste Water supply engineering : S.K.Garg
Waste Water supply engineering : B.C.Punamia

Reference Books:
Waste-water engineering treatment, disposal: Metcalf & Eddy
Water supply and sanitary Engineering: Peavy

Course Code: ME Course Title: Heat and Mass Transfer
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per
Week
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech III

101 | P a g e

Course Outline

Unit 1 16 hours
Introduction to Heat Transfer: Modes of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation,
Conduction Heat Transfer: Fouriers law of heat conduction and thermal conductivity, General
unsteady three dimensional heat conduction equation with heat generation - in Cartesian
coordinates, cylindrical co-ordinates and spherical co-ordinates. thermal diffusitivity, Reduction
of general equation for various cases of unsteady and steady heat conduction with and without
heat generation.
Steady State Heat Conduction: One dimensional steady state heat conduction through simple
or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls with uniform non-uniform thermal
conductivity without heat generation, Thermal contact resistance, one dimensional steady state,
heat conduction in plane, cylindrical and spherical bodies with heat generation.
Heat transfer between fluids separated by simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical
walls, Overall heat transfer co-efficient, heat insulation, materials for heat insulation, critical
thickness of insulation on cylindrical and spherical systems, extended surfaces- Fins, types of
fins, heat transfer from straight fin of uniform cross section, effectiveness and efficiency of fins.
Unsteady State Heat Conduction: Unsteady state heat conduction process, Heating or cooling
with known temperature distribution, unsteady state system with negligible internal thermal
resistance (Lumped heat capacity analysis). Transient heat conduction in bodies with finite
internal and surface resistance.

Unit 2 16 hours
Introduction to Convection Heat Transfer: Mechanism of convection, free and forced
convection, Film theory and Newtons law of cooling,
Forced Convection Heat Transfer: Laminar and turbulent flows of incompressible fluid over flat
surface with forced convection heat transfer - hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer,
Blasius exact solution and Kroujiline approximate solutions - Similarity solutions of mass,
momentum and energy equation of boundary layer - dimensionless numbers, Experimental
results and correlation for forced convection. Reynolds analogy between friction and heat
transfer.

Forced convection heat transfer through stationary horizontal tubes: laminar flow analysis
hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer, constant heat flux and constant temperature
boundary conditions. Turbulent flow heat transfer through tubes - Experimental based
correlations.
Basic theory of condensation and boiling.

Unit 3 12 hours
Radiation Heat Transfer:
Elements of radiant energy propagation: : Electromagnetic spectrum and thermal radiation,
Absorptivity, Reflectivity and Transitivity, Black, white, transparent and opaque bodies, specular
diffuse reflection, Emissive power, Monochromatic emissive power, Plancks law Wiens
102 | P a g e

displacement law, Stefan-Boltzmann's law, Emissivity, Monochromatic emissivity, Gray Body,
Kirchoffs law, solid angle and radiation intensity, Lamberts cosine law.
Radiation exchange between surfaces: heat exchange by radiation between two infinite
parallel surfaces, two infinitely long concentric cylinders, and two concentric spheres, Heat
exchange by radiation between two finite surfaces, shape factor and its properties, Radiation
shields.
Unit 4 12 hours
Heat Exchangers:
Types of heat exchangers, LMTD method for parallel and counter-flow heat exchangers, Mean
temperature difference for cross flow, Heat exchanger effectiveness, Effectiveness-NTU method,
fouling factor, Heat exchanger design considerations.
Elements of Mass Transfer:
Mass transfer process, classification of mass transfer operations, Molecular diffusion, Ficks law
of diffusion, Molecular diffusion in solids, liquids and gases, Diffusion in binary gas mixtures,
Equi-molar counter diffusion in gases, Analogy between transport phenomena, Momentum,
Heat and Mass Transfer. Mass transfer correlations.
Text Books:

Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons, 6
th

Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Kothandaraman, C. P., Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer, 4
th
ed., New Age International
Publishers, 2012
Dutta, B. K, Heat Transfer Principles and Applications, Prentice Hall of India P. ltd., 2007

Reference Books:
Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., Heat Transfer , 2
nd
Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989
Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, Heat & Mass Transfer,2
nd
Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011
Goshdastidar, P. S., Heat Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012
Rathore, M.M., Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006
Kumar, D. S., Heat & Mass Transfer, 6
th
revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001
Rajput, R.K, Heat & Mass Transfer, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010

Course Code: ME Course Title: Heat and Mass Transfer Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : -
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Experiments

Determination of heat transfer rate through composite solid wall
Determination of thermal conductivity of insulating powder
Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal rod
Determination of rate of heat transfer under unsteady state condition
Determination of heat transfer rate , fin efficiency and temperature distribution along the
length of a pin fin under forced and free convection boundary condition
Determination of heat transfer coefficient during forced convection heat transfer.
Determination of heat transfer coefficient during free convection heat transfer.
103 | P a g e

Determination of emissivity of a surface
Performance evaluation of parallel and counter-flow tube-in-tube heat exchangers
Performance evaluation of shell and tube surface condenser

Text Books:

Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons, 6
th

Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Kothandaraman, C. P., Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer, 4
th
ed., New Age International
Publishers, 2012
Dutta, B. K, Heat Transfer Principles and Applications, Prentice Hall of India P. ltd., 2007


Reference Books:
Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., Heat Transfer , 2
nd
Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989
Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, Heat & Mass Transfer,2
nd
Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011
Goshdastidar, P. S., Heat Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012
Rathore, M.M., Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006
Kumar, D. S., Heat & Mass Transfer, 6
th
revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001
Rajput, R.K, Heat & Mass Transfer, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010

Course Code:
Course Title: HSSM Elective -1 Research Methodology
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 Hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 Credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE: To develop:
an understanding of knowledge in research
understanding about various paradigms of research
competence to conduct research independently
capacity to of research writing
ethical dimensions in research
Course Outline

Unit 1: : Designing of Research
- Research and its types
- Identification and Problem formulation
- Experimental research
- Review of literature

Unit 2: Research Methodology
- Research aims and hypothesis
- Sampling
- Data collection
- Tools and techniques
104 | P a g e

- Reliability and validity of tools
Unit 3: Analysis and Interpretation
- Data checking
- Data Analysis
- Interpretation of results
- Guidelines in Interpretations
- Use of computer technology in analysis
Unit 4: Scientific Writing and Ethics in Research
- Writing the research report
- Writing of papers and synopsis
- Reference writing
- Importance of Ethics in Research
- Integrity in Research

References:
Abdul Rahim, R. (1996). Thesis Writing: A Manual for Researchers. New Age International (P) Ltd., New
Delhi
Cocharan, W.G. (1963). Sampling Techniques, 2
nd
edn. John Wiley and Sons, New York
Dan J. (1998). Technical Writing Style. Pearson Education Company, Massachusetts.
Ganesan, R. (2011). Research Methodology for Engineers, MJP publishers, New Delhi.
Gay L.R. (1996). Educational Research: Competencies for Analysis and Applications, 5
th
edn., Prentice Hall,
Inc., New Jersey.
Kothari C.R. (22004). Research methodolgu Method and Techniques, 2
nd
edn., New Age International
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
Mangal S.K., S. Mangal (2013). Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences,PHI Learning Private Ltd.
New Delhi.

SIXTH SEMESTER

Course Code: Course Title: Vibration Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : .3 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Damped and Undamped Vibration Systems: (6+7)
UNDAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree of freedom systems. Mass Undamped free vibration-
natural frequency of free vibration, stiffness of spring elements, effect of mass of spring, Compound
Pendulum.
DAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of
critical damping and its importance, study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of under
damping, critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement.
105 | P a g e

Unit 2: Damped and Undamped Forced Vibration (6 Hr)
Single degree freedom systems, steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic force.
Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance, vibration isolation-
transmissibility ratio. Due to harmonic exitation and support motion.
Unit 3: Vibration Measuring Instruments & Whirling Of Shafts (6 Hr)
Vibrometer meter and accelerometer. Whirling of shafts with and without air damping. Discussion of
speeds above and below critical speeds.
Unit: 4 Systems With Two Degrees Of Freedom: (6 Hr)
Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, co-ordinate coupling, generalized and
principal co-ordinates, Free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Geared systems. Forced
Oscillations-Harmonic excitation.
Applications: a) Vehicle suspension. b) Dynamic vibration absorber. c) Dynamics of
reciprocating Engines
Unit: 5 Continuous Systems: (6 Hr)
Introduction, vibration of string, longitudinal vibration of rods, Torsional vibration of rods, Eulers
equation for beams.
Unit: 6 Numerical Methods for Multi Degree Freedom Systems (6 Hr)
Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Dunkerleys equation.
Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration-Method of determination of all the
natural frequencies using sweeping matrix and Orthogonality principle. Holzers method, Stodola
method.
Text Books:
Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi
Theory of Vibration with Applications: W.T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson Education 5
th

edition, 2007.
Reference Books
Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4
th
Edition, 2003.
Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaums Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian
edition, 2007.
Theory & Practice of Mechanical vibrations: J.S. Rao & K. Gupta, New Age International Publications,
New Delhi, 2001.
Elements of Vibrations Analysis: Leonanrd Meirovitch, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian edition, 2007.
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME Course Title: Elective-I Non-Conventional Energy Sources
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech III
106 | P a g e


Course Outline
Unit 1 08 hours
Primary & Alternative Energy Sources:
Primary sources of energy Fossil fuels: solid, liquid and gaseous as primary source of energy
global reserves of commercial energy resources; world over in general and India in particular
consumption pattern of fossil fuels demand forecast future trends energy scene energy
options for future from hydroelectric, nuclear and solar sources. Need for alternative energy
sources
Bio-Gas Options:
Basic principles and constructional details of bio-gas plants, bio-gas for power generation, potential as
alternative energy in India
Unit 2 12 hours
Direct Solar Thermal Options:
Solar insolation solar radiation terrestrial and extra terrestrial radiation flux solar constant solar
instruments like pyranometer, pyrheliometer, and sunshine recorder. Principle and constructional
features of solar flat plate collectors and concentrating collectors, energy loss in collection systems and
means of minimizing.
Direct solar thermal devices like solar water heater, solar air heater, solar still and solar refrigeration
system.
Unit 3 12 hours
Energy from Earth:
Geothermal energy, geothermal field and sources, electrical power generation from geothermal energy,
vapour dominated and liquid dominated systems, hybrid plants, power generation potential of
geothermal energy, world over and in India.
Energy from Ocean:
Ocean thermal energy, tidal energy and wave energy
Ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) systems, principle, site selection, methods of power generation:
Claude open cycle, Anderson closed cycle, Hybrid cycle, prospects, limitations, potential for India.
Tidal energy conversion systems, principle, methods of power generation, single basin, double basin
systems, components of tidal power plant, theoretical power of single basin system, prospects of tidal
energy systems, India in general and Gujarat in particular, limitations.
Wave energy conversion systems, principles, theoretical power, and simple wave energy systems.
Unit 4 10 hours
Energy from Wind:
Basic principles, wind data, site selection considerations, types: Horizontal axis wind energy conversion
machine and vertical axis wind energy conversion machine, constructional details, design considerations,
application of wind energy systems, prospects of wind farming, India in general and Gujarat in particular.

Text Books:
Mittal, K.M., Non-conventional Energy Sources Principles, Progress & Prospects, Wheeler Publishing,
N. Delhi, 1997
Sukhatme, S. P., Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata McGraw Hill, N.
Delhi, 2007
Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A.D., Renewable Energy Sources, ELBS, 2000
Rao, S and Parulekar, B.B., Energy Technology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1997

Reference Books:
Duffie, J.A and Beckman, W. A, Solar Energy for Thermal Process, John Wiley & Sons, 2002
Kreith and Kreider, Hand Book of Solar Energy, Mc Graw Hill New York, 1980.
Tiwari, G.N. and Suneja, Solar Thermal Engg, Systems, Narosa Pub. House, N Delhi, 1997

107 | P a g e

Course Code: ME Course Title: Elective I Thermal Design of Heat Exchangers
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1 08 hours

Review of principles of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation problems, thermal
resistances, convection correlations, radiation thermal network analysis.
Introduction to heat exchangers, classification of heat exchangers, single phase and two phase heat
exchangers, co-current, counter current and cross flow heat exchangers, basic design of simple tube-
in-tube single phase heat exchangers through logarithmic mean temperature difference method and
number of transfer unit method, thermal design of double pipe heat exchangers.

Unit 2 14 hours
Shell & Tube heat exchangers, TEMA nomenclature and classification, conventional design methods,
Tinker method, J factors, Bell-Delaware method, Condenser classification, thermal design for surface
condensers, evaporator design.
Unit 3 12 hours
Compact heat exchangers, design methods of automobile radiators, plate type heat exchangers,
thermal design of regenerative heat exchangers.
Unit 4 08 hours
Thermal analysis and design of furnace.
Text Books:
Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons, 6
th

Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Saunders, E.A.D, Heat Exchangers, Selection, Design and Construction, Longman Scientific and
Technical N.Y., 2001
Kays, V.A. & London, A.L., Compact Heat Exchangers, Mc Graw Hill 2002

Reference Books:

Holger Martin, Heat Exchangers, Hemi-sphere Publishing Corporation, Washington, 2001
Kuppan, T., Heat Exchanger Design Hand Book, Macel Decker Inc., N.Y., 2000
Seikan Ishiga, Steam Power Engineering, Thermal and Hydraulic Design Principles, Cambridge
University Press, 2001.
Shah, R.K., Heat Exchangers, thermal and hydraulic design, Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2006




108 | P a g e

Course Code: ME Course Title: Energy Conversion - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1 10 hours
Thermodynamic cycles of I.C. engines: Otto cycle, diesel cycle, dual combustion cycle, air
standard efficiency, four stroke cycle engines, valve timing diagrams, two stroke cycle engines,
port timing diagram, spark ignition and compression ignition engines.

Fuels and Combustion Phenomena in I.C. Engines:
Normal combustion in S. I. and C. I. Engines, abnormal combustion in S. I. And C. I. Engines,
Effects of working parameters on knocking. Effect of knocking on engine performance,
Reduction of knocking, Forms of combustion chamber of S.I. and C.I. engines and their relative
merits and demerits. Rating of fuels, Additives.
Unit 2 10 hours
Types of I. C. Engines:
Stationary, vehicular, locomotive, marine and aircraft engines, Inline, V, opposed cylinder,
opposed piston and radial engines, single acting and double acting engines, Rotary piston
engines, Free piston engine, Naturally aspirated and supercharged engines
System of I. C. Engines:
Fuel system, Governing system, Lubricants, lubricating system, cooling system.
Thermal Performance of I. C. engines:
Powers, mechanical efficiency, mean effective pressure, torque, specific fuel consumption,
thermal efficiency, heat balance test, engine performance curves
Exhaust, smoke and other emissions:
Various constituents of exhaust gas emission and control
Unit 3 14 hours
Refrigeration and Air- conditioning:
Refrigeration and air conditioning applications, units of refrigeration, coefficient of performance,
Types of refrigeration system, air refrigeration, Bell- Coleman cycle and aircraft cooling, Vapour
compression refrigeration and its analysis with the help of tables and p-h charts, vapour
absorption refrigeration system, Desirable properties of a refrigerant (ideal refrigerant),
common refrigerants.
Objectives and parameters of air conditioning, Psychometric properties of moist air,
psychrometer, psychometric charts and tables, Basic psychometric processes and their analysis
with the aid of charts and tables.
Unit 4 08 hours
Reciprocating Air Compressor:
Single stage and multistage perfect and imperfect inter-cooling. Effect of clearance- Isothermal
efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Rating of compressors.
109 | P a g e

Rotary compressor:
Classification, displacement compressors, root type, vane type, screw type etc.

Text Books:
Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006
Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007
Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004
Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

Reference Books:

Heywood, B., Inetrnal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill, Singapore, 2002
Mathur, M.L., & Sharma R.P., A Course In I.C. Engines, Dhanpatrai & Sons, 1992
Shyam Agarwal, Internal Combustion Engines, New Age India Ltd., 2006
Threlkeld, J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall , 2002
Stoecker, W., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004
Dossat, R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley & Sons, 2000

Course Code: ME Course Title: Energy Conversion I Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures:
Tutorials: -
Practical:- 3 hours per
Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory :
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
List of Experiment:
Performance evaluation single cylinder petrol engine
Performance evaluation single cylinder diesel engine
Morse test on multi-cylinder I C engine
Determination of flash and fire point of a fuel
Determination of calorific value of gaseous fuel
Determination of calorific value of liquid fuel
Performance evaluation of a vapour compression refrigeration system
Performance evaluation of air-conditioning system
Performance evaluation of an evaporative cooling system
Performance evaluation of a vapour absorption refrigeration system
Experimental study of psychrometric processes

Text Books:

Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006
Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007
Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004
Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

Reference Books:

Heywood, B., Inetrnal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill, Singapore, 2002
Mathur, M.L., & Sharma R.P., A Course In I.C. Engines, Dhanpatrai & Sons, 1992
Shyam Agarwal, Internal Combustion Engines, New Age India Ltd., 2006
Threlkeld, J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall , 2002
Stoecker, W., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004
Dossat, R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley & Sons, 2000


110 | P a g e

Course Code: ME Course Title: Industrial Engineering operations Research
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1
Practicals: -
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III




Course Outline
Unit 1: Industrial Engineering (8 hours)
Taylors scientific management, Gilbreths contributions; productivity concepts and
measurements; method study, micro-motion study, principles of motion economy; work
measurement stop watch time study, work sampling, standard data, pre-determined motion time
standards (PMTS), Principles of Plant layout and Types
Unit 2 : production Planning and Control (10 hours)
Types of production systems and their characteristics functions and objectives of P.P.C.
Forecasting techniques causal and time series models, moving average, exponential smoothing,
trend and seasonality
Aggregate production planning; master production scheduling; MRP and MRP-II; order control and
flow control; routing, scheduling and priority dispatching, sequencing, assembly line balancing
Unit 3: Inventory Control (4 hours)
Inventory functions, costs, classifications, deterministic and probabilistic inventory models,
quantity discount; perpetual and periodic inventory control systems.

Unit 4: Operation Research (20 hours)
Linear programming problem formulation, simplex method, duality and sensitivity analysis;
transportation and assignment models; network flow models; simple queuing models; PERT and
CPM, time-cost trade-off, resource leveling

Text Books:
N.V.S.Raju, Industrial Engineering and Management, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning (2013)
Hamdy A. Taha Operations Research: An Introduction. DORLING KINDERSLEY (RS) (2012)
N. D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
(2009)
Sarin, R. K & Buffa, E.S, Modern Production/Operations Management, 8th Edition, Wiley India Pvt
Ltd (2011)




111 | P a g e

Reference Books:
Chary, S. N, Production and Operations Management, 5th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill (2012)
Billington Peter J., Narasimhan Setharama L., Mcleavey Dennis W., Production Planning and
Inventory Control, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall (2009)
J K Sharma, Operations Research: Theory and Applications, 5th Edition, Macmillan (2013)
Mertand. T Telsang, Industrial Engineering And Production Management, 2nd Edition, S. Chand
(2006)


Course Code: ME- 303 Course Title: Machine Design - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2012-13
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit: 1 Design of Gears and Gear Boxes (19 hours)
Spur Gears:
Gear Terminology, Speed ratios and number of teeth, Force analysis, Tooth stresses, Dynamic
effects, Fatigue strength, Factor of safety, Gear materials, Module and Face Width-power rating
calculations based on strength and wear considerations.
Parallel axis Helical Gears:
Pressure angle in the normal and transverse plane, Equivalent number of teeth-forces And stresses.
Estimating the size of the helical gears.
Bevel and worm Gear:
Straight and spiral bevel gear: Tooth terminology, tooth forces and stresses, equivalent Number of
teeth. Estimating the dimensions of pair of straight and spiral bevel gears. Worm Gear: Terminology,
forces and stresses, efficiency, estimating the size of the worm gear pair.
Design of Gear Boxes:
Geometric progression - Standard step ratio - Ray diagram, kinematics layout Design of sliding
mesh gear box -Constant mesh gear box, Design of multi speed gear box.
Unit: 2 Design of I.C Engine Components (14hours)
Selection of type, general design consideration, design of cylinder, cylinder liner, Cylinder head,
pistons, connecting rod, crank shaft, valves gears mechanism, and flywheel.
Unit 3 Design Of Material Handling Equipments: (12hours)
Introduction: material handling equipments, classification and their selection. Concept of material
handling system design.
112 | P a g e

Lifting Equipments: classification and selection and design of hooks, sheaves, drums and grab
buckets. Classification of cranes, construction working of different types of conveyors, feeders and
elevators.
Conveying equipments: classification construction and working of different types of conveyors,
feeders and elevators. Design of belt conveyors, screw conveyors and vibratory conveyors.
USE OF PSG DESIGN DATA BOOK IS PERMITTED IN EXAM
Text Books:
Bhandari, V.B., Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 1994.
P.C.Sharma & D.K. Agrawal Machine Design S.K.Kataria & Sons, 2010
Dr. Sadhu Singh, Machine Design, Khanna Pub.2009
M.P. Alexandrov, Material handling equipments, MIR publishers.
N. Rudenko, Material handling equipments, MIR publishers.

Reference Books:
Maitra G.M., Prasad L.V., Hand book of Mechanical Design, II Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,1985
Spivakovskii, Conveyors and related equipments. MIR publishers.
J.M. Apple, Plant Layout and Material Handling, john Wiley & sons, 1997.
Shigley J.E and Mischke C. R., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw-Hill International Editions, 1989
Norton R.L, Design of Machinery, McGraw-Hill Book co, 2004.
Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., Fundamentals of Machine Elements, McGraw- Hill Book Co.,

Course Code: ME
Course Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: Nil
Practicals: 0 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)
Introduction to Metrology & Quality control.
Meaning, Necessity and Objectives of Metrology; Standards of Measurement; Elements of
Measuring System; Methods of Measurement; Precision and Accuracy; Sources of Errors; Selection
and Care of instruments; Standardizing organizations.
Linear Measurement
Introduction & classification of Linear Measuring Instruments; Least count; Engineers Steel rule;
Callipers; Vernier Calliper: working principle, construction, types & precautions to be taken; Vernier
Height Gauge; Vernier Depth Gauge, Micrometers: principle, construction, Sources of errors and
precautions to be taken, types of micrometers, Miscellaneous linear measuring instruments like bore
gauge, telescopic gauge, slip gauges, Dial indicators: construction & working; comparators;
calibration of various linear measuring instruments; Applications, Advantages & Limitations of
commonly used linear measuring instruments
Unit 2 (10 hours)
Limits Fits & Tolerances
Definition of tolerance, specification in assembly, principle of inter changeability and selective
assembly. Concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of
tolerances. Definition of fits, types of fits. Hole basis system and shaft basis system. Classification of
113 | P a g e

gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor's principles), wear allowance on gauges. Types of
gauges -plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge, gauge materials.
Unit 3 (12 hours)
Angular & Taper Measurement
Introduction; Working principle & construction of Angular Measuring instruments like Protractors,
Sine bars, Sine centre, Angle gauges, Spirit level, Clinometers, Applications, Advantages & limitations
of commonly used angular measuring instruments; Taper Measuring instruments: Measurement of
taper shafts.
Screw Thread measurement
Introduction & classification of Threads; Elements, Specification & forms of Screw Threads; Various
Methods for measuring elements of External & Internal Screw Thread; Screw Thread Gauges; Errors
in Threads.
Gear Measurement
Introduction & Classification of gears; Forms of gear teeth; Gear tooth terminology; Measurement
and testing of spur gear: Various methods of measuring tooth thickness, tooth profile & pitch; Gear
Errors.
Straightness, Flatness, Squareness & Parallelism
Introduction; Measurement of Straightness, Flatness, Squareness and Parallelism; run out and
concentricity
Unit 4 (12 hours)
Measurement of surface finish
Introduction; Surface Texture; Methods of Measuring Surface finish- Comparison Methods & Direct
Instrument Measurement; Sample Length; Numerical Evaluation of Surface Texture; Indication of
Surface roughness Symbols used; Adverse effects of poor surface finish.
Interferometry
Interferometry & its application
Introduction to CMM

Text Books:
Metrology And Measurement by Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill
Education (2009)
Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)
Reference Books
Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010
Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill.
Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008)
Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998

Course Code: ME
Course Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I
Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 0 hours per Week
Tutorials: Nil
Practicals: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Measurement of linear dimensions with venire, micrometer, scale, slip gauge &
Tape.
114 | P a g e

Measurement of angle by sine bar and sine centre.
Measurement of Straightness, flatness, roundness and cylindricity.
Measurement of surface roughness.
Measurement of screw thread parameters.
Measurement of gear tooth.
Part Measurement with CMM.
Experiments on limits, fits and tolerance with go no go gauge.
Study and experiment on comparator.
Study and experiment on profile projector.
Measurement of optical surface using interferometer.

Books
Text Books:
Metrology And Measurementby Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill
Education (2009)
Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)
Reference Books
Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010
Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill.
Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008)
Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998

Course Code: ME Course Title: System Control
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: (9 hours)
Introduction to Control Engineering: Definition of control systems, open loop and closed loop
systems. Essence of feedback control systems, servomechanism.
Brief overview of system representation: impulse response model and transfer function model and
block diagram representation.

Unit 2: (12 hours)
Mathematical modeling of electrical and physical systems: transfer function and state variable model
in particular, overall gain determination using block diagram algebra and signals flow graphs.
Concept of stability and the Routh stability criteria. Applications of the Routh Criteria.
115 | P a g e

Concepts of stability, Routh-Hurwiz stability criterion, relative stability. The root locus technique, use
of construction rules without any derivation. Frequency response analysis, Polar plots, stability in
frequency domain, Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion.
Unit 3: (12 hours)
Proportional control, integral control, derivative control, hydraulic control systems, pumps, fluids,
control valves application and limitations, maintenance of hydraulic systems. Pneumatic systems
constructional details , filter , lubricator ,regulator, constructional features, types of cylinders,
control valves for direction , pressure and flow air hydraulic equipments, general approach to
control system design, symbols and drawings , schematic layout, electro-pneumatic logic circuit ,
pneumatic counters, relays, application and limitations.
Unit: 4 (9
hours)
Introduction to Mechatronics: Definition, Mechatronics in manufacturing, products and design.
Comparison between Traditional and Mechatronics approach. Design and fabrication of
Mechatronics systems, Ball screws, linear motion bearings, transfer systems.
Text Book:
J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, Electrical machines Tata McGraw Hill.
B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, Fundamentals of Electrical Machines, New Age International.
K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
B.C. Kuo, Automatic Control systems. Wiley India Ltd.

Reference Books:
Irvin L. Kosow, Electric Machinery and Transformers Prentice Hall of India.
D. Roy Choudhary, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill.

Course Code: ME Course Title: System Control Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Tutorials : 1.5 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Fundamentals of control engineering. Servomechanism, basic actuator and transducer used
in servomechanism. This can include modeling of a servomotor, both ac and dc.
2. Study of various components of Hydraulic control system using Hydraulic Trainer
3. Study of various components of Pneumatic control system using Pneumatic Trainer
4. Basics of PID control.
5. Modeling of electromechanical device may be a dc shunt motor (in machine lab) with speed
characteristics of the motor. Transfer function and implementation in simulink
6. Matlab session: Control System Toolbox and Simulink.
7. Design and fabrication of Mechatronics systems,
116 | P a g e


Text Book:
J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, Electrical machines Tata McGraw Hill.
B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, Fundamentals of Electrical Machines, New Age International.
K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
B.C. Kuo, Automatic Control systems. Wiley India Ltd.


Reference Books:
Irvin L. Kosow, Electric Machinery and Transformers Prentice Hall of India.
D. Roy Choudhary, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill.

Course Code: Course Title: Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Unit 1: (20 hours)
Introduction to Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes
Advanced Machining Processes
Introduction, Process principle, Material removal mechanism, Parametric analysis and applications
of processes such as ultrasonic machining (USM), Abrasive jet machining (AJM), Water jet machining
(WJM), Abrasive water jet machining (AWJM), Electrochemical machining (ECM), Electro discharge
machining (EDM), Electron beam machining (EBM), Laser beam machining (LBM) processes
Unit 2 (8 hours)
Advanced Casting Processes
Metal mould casting, Continuous casting, Squeeze casting, vacuum mould casting, Evaporative
pattern casting, ceramic shell casting
Unit 3 (6 hours)
Advanced Welding Processes
Details of electron beam welding (EBW), laser beam welding (LBW), ultrasonic welding (USW)
Unit 4 (8 hours)
Advanced Metal Forming Processes
Details of high energy rate forming (HERF) process, Electro-magnetic forming, explosive forming,
Electro-hydraulic forming, Stretch forming, Contour roll forming and introduction to rapid
prototyping.

Text Books:
117 | P a g e

Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
"Materials and Processes in Manufacturing" (8th Edition), E. P. DeGarmo, J. T Black, R. A. Kohser,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
Reference Books
"Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes", G.F. Benedict, Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)

Course Code: ME
Course Title: Core Elective -1 Robotics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: 04 hours
Introduction:- Basic Concepts, Three laws of Robotics, Robot anatomy, Classification, structure of
robots, point to point and continuous path robotic systems. Robot performance- resolution,
accuracy, repeatability, dexterity, compliance, RCC device, Socio economic aspects of robotisation

Unit 2 12 hours
Robot Grippers:- Types of Grippers , Design aspect for gripper, Force analysis for various basic
gripper systems including Mechanical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems.
Robotic Sensors:- Characteristics of sensing devices, Classification, Selection and applications of
sensors. Types of Sensors, Need for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot.
Drives:- Types of Drives, Actuators and its selection while designing a robot system. Types of
transmission systems,
Control Systems: - Types of Controllers, Introduction to closed loop control, second order linear
systems and their control, control law of partitioning, trajectory-following control, modeling and
control of a single joint, present industrial robot control systems and introduction to force control.

Unit 3 10 hours
Kinematics :- Transformation matrices and their arithmetic, link and joint description, Denavit -
Hartenberg parameters, frame assignment to links, direct kinematics, kinematics redundancy,
kinematics calibration, inverse kinematics, solvability, algebraic and geometrical methods.
Velocities and Static forces in manipulators: Motion of the manipulator links, Jacobians, singularities,
static forces, Jacobian in force domain.
Dynamics: - Introduction to Dynamics, Trajectory generations , Manipulator Mechanism Design

Unit 4 10 hours
Machine Vision System: - Vision System Devices, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and
quantization, Image Processing Techniques, Noise reduction methods, Edge detection,
Segmentation.
Robot Programming: Methods of robot programming, lead through programming, motion
interpolation, branching capabilities,
Artificial Intelligence:- Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI techniques, Need and application of
AI.
Simulation: - Need of Simulation, Tools and Techniques of Simulation
Associated Topics in Robotics:- Economical aspects for robot design, Safety for robot and associated
mass, New Trends and recent updates in robotics, International Scenario for implementing robots in
Industrial and other sectors. Future scope for robotisation.
118 | P a g e


Text Books:
John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics and Control), Addison-Wesley, 2nd Edition, 2004
K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzales, C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, McGraw Hill, 1987.
Shimon Y. Nof, Handbook of Industrial Robotics , , John Wiley Co, 2001.
Groover M. P., Wiess M., Nagel R. N. and Odery N. G. Industrial Robotics- Technology, Programming and
Applications, McGraw Hill Inc. Singapore 2000.
Shah S. K., Introduction to Robotics, Tata McGraw Hill International, 2008.
Mittal R. K. and Nagrath J. J. Robotics and control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi

Reference Books:
Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic Engineering : An Integrated Approach
, Prentice Hall India, 2002.
Niku, Saeed B. Introduction to Robotics Analysis, Systems Applications, Pearson Education Inc. New
Delhi.
Mataric M. J., The Robotic Primer, University Press, 2009.





119 | P a g e

2.5 Batch 2014 -15
Course Outline

2014-15 batch
Course
Code Course Name
Credit Structure
L T P C

Introduction to Engineering 3 0 0 3

Physics I 2 1 0 3

Mathematics I 3 1 0 3

Engineering Graphics 1 0 3 2.5

Chemistry 2 1 0 3

Computer Programming & Utilization 2 0 3 3

English Language 2 0 0 2

Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

TOTAL 15 3 12 24
Semester II

Applied Mechanics 2 1 0 3

Applied Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2

Electrical Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Mathematics-II 3 1 0 4

Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4

Communications 1 0 2 2

Workshop Practice -I 0 0 3 1.5

Interdisciplinary Elective 1 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 13 3 11 21.5
Semester III

Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4

Strength of Materials Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Fluid Mechanics-I 3 1 0 4

Fluid Mechanics-I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Engineering Metallurgy 2 1 0 3

Machine design I 3 0 0 3

Machine design I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Mathematics - 3 3 1 0 4

Interdisciplinary Elective 2 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 16 4 9 24.5
Semester IV

Basic Electronics 3 0 0 3

Basic Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Manufacturing Technology I 3 1 0 4

Fluid Mechanics II 3 1 0 4

Fluid Mechanics II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine I 3 0 0 3

Workshop Practice II 0 0 3 1.5

Interdisciplinary Elective 3 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 14 2 9 20.5
120 | P a g e

Semester V

Environmental Science 3 0 0 3

Heat & Mass Transfer 3 1 0 4

Heat & Mass Transfer Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Manufacturing Technology II
3 1 0 4

Manufacturing Technology II
Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine II
3 1 0 4

Kinetics & Dynamics of Machine II
Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5

Machine Design II 3 0 0 3

Interdisciplinary Elective 4 2 0 0 2

TOTAL 17 3 9 24.5
Semester VI

Industrial Engineering & Operations
Research
3 1 0 4

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - I
3 0 0 3

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - I Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5

Energy Conversion - I 3 0 0 3

Energy Conversion - I Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Machine Design III 3 1 0 4

Core Elective I 3 0 0 3

Design & Manufacturing Projects 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 15 2 10 24
Semester VII

Product Measurement & Quality
Control - II
3 0 0 3

Fluid Machinery 3 1 0 4

Fluid Machinery Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Energy Conversion - II 3 0 0 3

Energy Conversion -II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Systems Control 2 0 0 2

Systems Control Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

Core Elective II 3 0 0 3

Entrepreneurship 2 0 0 2

BTP I 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 16 1 13 25.5
Semester VIII

Core Elective III 3 0 0 3

Core Elective IV 3 0 0 3

Core Elective IV Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5

BTP II 0 0 10 10

Khoj (Interdisciplinary Project) 0 0 4 4

TOTAL 6 0 17 21.5



121 | P a g e


2.6 Batch 2014 -15 Credit Structure

FIRST SEMESTER

Course Code: CH 101 Course Title: Chemistry
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 10 hours
Inorganic Chemistry:
Atomic orbitals, VBT, MO theory e.g. N2, O2, CO and HF. Transition Metal Complexes: Crystal
field theory, Crystal field effects in linear, tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral geometry,
magnetism, bonding aspects and structural distortion.
Unit 2 4 hours
Organometallics:
EAN rule, metal carbonyls synthesis, bonding and structure, metallocenes synthesis and
properties.

Unit 3 15 hours

Stereochemistry and Spectroscopy

Aromaticity Huckels rule, aromatic ions,
Structure and Stereoisomerism: Conjugation and aromaticity, stereoisomerism, structural
representation of stereoisomers, IUPAC conventions for optical and geometrical isomers.
Introduction to spectroscopic techniques. Green Chemistry, Fundamentals of medicinal
chemistry, Synthesis of organic molecules.

Unit 4 13 hours

Phase Equillibria and Catalysis
Phase diagram, Gibbs phase rule, one component system, binary isomorphous phase diagram,
solid solutions, and Hume Rothery rules.
Catalysis: Homogeneous, Heterogeneous and Biocatalysis. Applications of Catalysis.
Text Books:
122 | P a g e

P. W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 9th Ed., 2011.
R. T. Morrison and R. N. Boyd: Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 5th Ed., 1990.
J. D. Lee: Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 4th Ed., ELBS, 1991.
D. K. Chakravarty, B. Vishwanathan: Heterogeneous Catalysis, New Age International, New Delhi,
2007.

Reference Books:

G. M. Barrow: Physical Chemistry, 5th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1992.
D. A. McQuarrie& J. D. Simon: Physical Chemistry A Molecular Approach, Viva Books, 1998.
L. G. Wade: Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education 6th Ed., 2006.
G. Solomons and C. Fryhle: Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.
M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane: Chemical Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill, 1980.
D. D. Ebbing: General Chemistry, Houghton Miffin Co., 1984.
J. C. Kuriacos and J. Rajaram: Chemistry in Engineering and Technology, Vol. I & II, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.
Michael Smith, Jerry March: Marchs Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and
Structure, 2007.
G. C. Bond: Heterogeneous Catalysis: Principles & Applications, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987.
Pietro Tundo, Alvise Perosa, Fulvio Zecchini: Methods and Reagents for Green Chemistry: An
Introduction, Wiley Interscience, 2007.
Gareth Thomas: Fundamentals of Medicinal Chemistry, Wiley Interscience, 2003

Course Code: CS 101 Course Title: Computer Programming and Utilization
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 3.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I


Course Outline

Unit 1 08 hours
Algorithms, flowchart, structure of C program, identifiers, basic data types and sizes, constants,
variables, operators, expressions, type conversions, precedence and order of evaluation. Input-
output statements, statements and blocks
Unit 2 07 hours
Control statements, iterative statements, break, continue, go to and labels, Designing structured
programs, functions, basic scope rules, block structure, user defined functions, standard library
functions, recursive functions
Unit 3 06 hours
Arrays, two-dimensional and mutli-dimensional arrays, structure and typedef, Introduction, OOP
paradigm, data encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, data abstraction, data hiding,
Unit 4 07 hours
Class declaration, object instantiation, pointers in C++ concepts, initialization of pointer variables,
address arithmetic, character pointers and functions, pointers to object, new and delete operator.
123 | P a g e

Text Book:
B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg: Computer science, a structured programming approach using C, Third
edition, Thomson
E. Balaguruswamy, "Object Oriented Programming with C++", Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi ISBN 0 - 07 - 462038 X

References:
B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie: The C Programming Language, PHI/Pearson Education
R. Lafore, "The Waite Group's Object oriented Programming in C++", 3rd Edition,Galgotia Publications,
2001, ISBN 81-7515-269-9.
B. Stroustrup, "C++ Programming Language", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 1997, ISBN 0 - 201 327554

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To understand basic concepts computers: Operating System
2. To understand the approach for problem solving
3. To begin the step towards computer programming

Course Code:
Course Title: English Language
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 0 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical :
Total Credits : 2.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : First
Year : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1: Development of Listening, Speaking, Reading & Writing Skills
Unit I Topic hours
Sub Unit
A. Aiding toLSRW
Grammar:
Tenses, Types of Sentences, Modals, Conditionals,Voice
Degree, Reported Speech, Concord, Parallelism, Modifiers, Common
Errors in English, Abbreviations and Numerals, Punctuations and
Capitalization
6
Vocabulary Enrichment:
Vocabulary Extension Methods; Word Formation through prefixes &
suffixes, Phrasal Verbs, Words often confused,
Homophones, Thematic & Functional Vocabulary, Idioms & Phrases,
Proverbs, Use of Dictionary for Engineers
2
B. Listening Skills
Comprehending the Basics of Listening Skills: Meaning, Importance,
Principles, Difference between Hearing & Listening, Types,
2
124 | P a g e

Advantages of Listening & Factors hampering Listening, Common
Poor Listening Habits
Listening Comprehensions:
Listening to Speeches, Stories, News, Articles, Excerpts of movies
etc.
C. Speaking Skills

Familiarizing with Communication Skills:
Comprehending Basics of Communication(Meaning,Features , types
& Barriers), Ethics and Communication, Tips for effective
communication
4
Public Speaking Skills: Art of Public Speaking, Importance of Public,
Public Speaking Tips, Elocutions, Debates
Situational Conversations:
Greetings, Self Introduction, Casual Conversation; Hierarchical
Conversations ( With Superiors , with delegates and with
Subordinates and with colleagues) , Reciprocal Conversation,
Telephonic Conversation, Enquiry for different purposes
D. Reading Skills
Comprehending the basics of Reading Skills (meaning, as a
cognitive process, Importance etc)
3 Different Types of Reading Skimming, Scanning, Rapid Reading,
Close Reading, The SQ3R technique, becoming an
Effective reader, Proof reading skills
E. Writing Skills

Comprehending the Art of Writing
6
Official Correspondence :
- Letters
Principles of Letter Writing, Sales Letters, Claim, Adjustment &
Complaint Letters, Letters for Enquiry and Replies to them, Request
Letters, Invitation Letters, Thank You Letters, Apology Letter, Leave
Applications, Job Application & Resume - Reports- Proposals-
Memorandum- Quotations, Orders & Tenders
Creative Writing Skills:
Tips for Creative Writing, Advertisements,Posters & Handouts
Broschures,, Articles, Creative Titles
Functional Writing Skills - Minutes of the Meeting, Speeches, Vote
of Thanks, Ciruclars, Notices, Messages, Acknowledgements
Aids to Writing Skills:
Content Analysis & Concept Analysis, Note Taking, & Note Making,
Summarizing, Paraphrasing & Preci writing
125 | P a g e

Unit II using Technology for Communication

using Technology for
Communication
Use of Technology and its importance in enhancing communication
skills.
2
E- Etiquettes:- Netiquettes, - Cell Phone Etiquettes & Text
Messaging, - Social Media Etiquettes

Unit III Development of Presentation Skills Performance Skills and Professional Skills strengthened
with Soft Skills,
A.Presentation Skills
Oral Presentations:
Orientations, Anchoring, Annual Report Reading, Seminar
Presentations



2









Developing Presentability in different situations and for different
purposes:
- Through Proper Body Language, paralanguage & through non-
verbal cues-Expressions (like greetings, reinforcements,
appreciations, specifications etc)
- through well-preparedness in terms of being ready with required
material & apt content- through proper grooming - through Time &
Stress Management- through swiftness and comprehensiveness -
making presence pleasant and energetic- through creating enabling
environment
B. Performance Skills
Skills for Mental Readiness for Performances: Skill of Identifying
Focus, Skill of Comprehending with diverse perspective Skill of
Concluding, Skill of choosing apt expressions, Skill of positive
thinking
1
C.
Professional Skills :
Organization Skills:
- Organization of Seminar/ Workshop/ Training/ Meetings/
Functions/ Week/ Pannel Discussion etc.
- Team Building & Team Work - Stress & Time Management
2

Unit IV Reinforcing Skills of LSRW, Communication, Presentation & Performance Through Language
Lab

126 | P a g e

A. Phonetics
Fundamentals of Phonetics: Phonemic symbols and Phonetic
sounds; Understanding Speech Sounds: English Pronunciation,
Vowel and consonant sounds and pronunciation guidelines related
to vowel and consonant sounds.
2
B. Listening Skills
Practical Lab Based exercises & Exposure to various spoken formats
for developing acute listening abilities
2
Understanding accents when listening to speakers from various
nationalities
Listening for correct accent and pronunciation; Developing neutral
accent.
Effective Listening Techniques
C. Speaking Skills
Improving Fluency:
Articulation of words and sentences; Developing Correct
Pronunciation using correct stress patterns; voice quality
assessment ; correct accent, stress and intonation patterns.
2
D. Reading Skills
Reading Comprehensions- Lab based reading comprehension
exercises; Exposure to Different kinds of texts and various types of
Comprehension Questions; Developing speed reading through
practical exercises
2
E. Writing Skills Writing Assignments from Language Software 2
F. using Technology
for Communication
Using Internet:
- Browsing and searching the internet
- Evaluating the quality of Internet Data
- Open Access Resources
3
E-Modes of Communication:
- Writing E-mails & Effective Email Practices - Webbloging, - Video
Conferencing & Teleconferencing
- Podcasting - Using Mail Merge
G. Presentation Skills
Power Point Presentation:
- preparing and using PPTS as an effective aid to presentations,-
Rehearsed and Impromptu Presentations - Overhead Transparencies
2
H. PerformanceSkills
& Supplementary
Skills
Skills specific to types of Performances:
- Group Discussion - Making Formal Speeches
- Elocution & Debate - Situational Role Plays

Note: Activities accommodated within lab hours

127 | P a g e


Course Code:
Course Title: Introduction to Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per week
Tutorials: ---
Practical:Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Civil Engineering
Introduction to civil engineering, role of civil engineers, basic areas in civil engineering, Building
constructions, civil engineering materials: conventional and modern materials, Substructures,
superstructures, disaster resistant buildings, disaster management and planning.
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Electrostatics: Capacitance: concentric spheres, parallel plates, co-axial cylinders, and parallel
conductors, capacitors, capacitors in series, and parallel, capacitance with composite dielectrics,
Electric field energy.
Electromagnetics: magnetomotive force, magnetic circuit calculations, magnetic leakage, magnetic
hysteresis, hysteresis and eddy current losses, Steinmetz exponent, magnetic field energy, lifting
power of a magnet. Electromagnetic induction, Faradays law and Lenzs law, dynamically and
statically induced emf, self and mutual inductances.
Network Theorems: Kirchoffs current and voltage laws: loop and node methods of analysis, Star/
Delta transformations.
R-L-C Circuits: Alternating voltages and currents and their vector and time domain representations,
average and RMS values, form factor, phase difference, power and power factor
Mechanical Engineering
Unit V Developing Reading Habits (Self Study)
A book based on
Indian History /
reflects Indian Culture
The Cat and Shakespeare: A Tale of India Raja Rao-1965

B.An autobiography /
biography of a
Spiritual Leader
An autobiography of a Yogi (Param Hans Yogananda)- Param Hans
Yogananda
C. Self Motivational
Book
Seven Habits of Highly Effective People Stephen Covey

D. Reading for
updates
Editorials from News Papers or Articles from Magazines/ Case
Studies or Project Reports
E. Classical/ Modern
Literary Work
Talkative Man-R.K. Narayan-1987
128 | P a g e

Historical perspective; description of devices used in power production; energy storage and
transmission; manufacturing and automation; new materials; future trends including interfacing
with microprocessors, sensors, actuators, and virtual systems; demonstration and hands-on
laboratory. Measurements and measuring tools, welding practice, machine tools, basic concepts and
important definitions used in thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, properties of steam, boilers and
classification of boilers, steam engines, internal combustion engines, refrigeration systems.
Design Appreciation and Awareness
The nature of design, Elements and principles of design, Scale in design from micro to macro,
Psychology of perception, Color and its characteristics, Materials, their quality, technical, visual and
tactile, Learning from nature and other experiences and using the knowledge in design, Creative
problem solving.
Books
S. S. Bhavikatti: Basic Civil Engineering, New Age International Publishers, 2011
W. H. Hayt, J. E. Kemmerly and S. M. Durbin: Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7
th
Ed. Tata McGraw Hill,
2010.
J. A. Edminister: Electrical circuits, 2
nd
Ed., Schaums outline series, McGraw Hill, 1994.
M. A. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis, Prentice Hall, India, 2009
Samarjit Ghosh: Network Theory, Analysis & Synthesis, Prentice Hall, India, 2009
C. L. Wadhwa: Network Analysis & Synthesis, New Age International, 2007
Jonathan Wickert: An Introduction to Mechanical Engineering, Cengage Engineering Released, 2009
Basant Agrawal, C. M. Agrawal: Basic Mechanical Engineering, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2008 certificate

Course Code: MA 101
Course Title: Mathematics I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 16 hours
Differentiation & Integration:
Review of limits, continuity and differentiability, Mean value theorem, Maxima and Minima,
Riemann integrals, fundamental theorem of calculus, Improper integrals, applications to area and
volume.
Unit 2 14 hours
Functions of Several Variables:
Limits and continuity, partial derivatives, gradient, directional derivatives, tangent planes and
normals, maxima, minima and saddle points, Lagrange multipliers.
Unit 3 10 hours
Multiple Integrals:
129 | P a g e

Double integrals, triple integrals, change of variables.
Unit 4 16 hours
Integration in Vector Fields:
Scalar and vector fields: gradient, curl and divergence, line integrals and applications: tangent,
normal, Greens theorem and applications, surface area and surface integrals, divergence theorem,
Stokes theorem
Text Books:
Maurice D. Weir, Joel Hass, Frank R. Giordano, Thomas Calculus, 11
th
edition, Pearson, 2012
G. B. Thomas and R. L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 9th edition, Addison
Wesley/ Narosa, 1998.

Reference Books:
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, vol. 1, 2nd Ed., Wiley India, 2006.
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007.
E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Ed. Wiley India, 2011.
S. R. Ghorpade and B. V. Limaye, A course in Calculus and Real Analysis, Springer, 2006 (Indian
reprint 2010)

Course Code: ME 101 Course Title: Engineering Graphics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 1 hours per Week
Tutorials: --
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 1.0 credits
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 2.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Year : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 03 hours

Introduction to drawing instruments, lettering, lines and dimensioning, construction of simple
geometrical figures.
Simple orthographic projections, orthographic projections of points and lines.
Unit 2 03 hours
Orthographic projections of planes and solids, sections of solids. isometric views
Unit - 3 05 hours
Development of surfaces, intersection of surfaces, isometric projections of combined solids, special
curves
Plan, elevation and section of buildings
Unit 4 03 hours
Introduction to AutoCAD, topics mentioned in Unit1 to 3 through AutoCAD.
130 | P a g e

Note: Engineering Graphics Practice: 3 hours per Week for the entire semester.
Text Books:
N.D. Bhat and V. M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing , Charotar Publishing House, 2011
K. Venugopal, Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD, New Age International, 2011

Reference Books:
B. Agrawal and C. M. Agrawal, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2008.
K. R. Gopalakrishna, Engineering Drawings, Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2001.
N. Sidheswar, P. Kanniah and V. V. S. Sastry, Machine Drawing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1980.
T. E. French, C. J. Vireck and R. J. Foster, Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology, 14
th
Ed,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1993.
W. J. Luzadder and J. M. Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, Prentice-Hall India, New Delhi,
2001.
Arunoday Kumar Engineering Graphics I and II, TechMax Publication, Pune.

Course Code: PH 101 Course Title: Physics-I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical :---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Unit 1 08 hours
Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment, Galilean and Lorentz
transformations,
Time dilation, Length contraction, Energy mass relation
Unit 2 14 hours
Quantum Mechanics: Wave particle duality, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Time dependent
and time independent Schrdinger equation, Applications: particle in a 1-D box, harmonic
oscillator, scattering from a step potential barrier, finite potential barrier, tunnelling through a
barrier
Unit 3 14 hours
Solid State Physics: Types of crystal structures, Miller indices, Free electron theory of metals,
Blochs theorem, Band theory of solids, Kronig-Penny Model, Intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors, Hall effect, p-n junction diode

Unit 4 06 hours

Introduction to Materials Science: Superconductors, Nanostructures, Polymers, Soft matter,
Smart materials
Text Books:
131 | P a g e

H.S. Mani and G.K. Mehta, Introduction to Modern Physics, 1
st
Edition, East-west Press Pvt.
Ltd.-New Delhi, 2000

Reference Books:
A. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6
th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009
K.S. Krane, Modern Physics, 2
nd
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2009
J. Bernstein, P.M. Fishbane and S. Gasiorowicz, Modern Physics, 1
st
Edition, Pearson Education,
2009
R. Resnick, Introduction to Special Relativity, 1
st
Edition, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd., 2007
R. Resnick and R. Eisberg: Quantum Physics, Of Atoms Molecules Solids Nuclei And Practicles, 2
nd

Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd., 2006
S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum Physics, 3
rd
edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007
C Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 7
th
edition, John Wiley, 2009
M.S. Vijaya and G. Rangarajan, Materials Science, 1
st
edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 2004
William D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, 1
st
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,2010
Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank J,Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, 1
st
Edition, Wiley India,
2007
Peter J. F. Harris, Carbon Nanotube Science, 1
st
edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009

Course Code: PH 111 Physics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments based on the following:
Error analysis and accuracy of measurement.
Selected experiments from mechanics and heat (e.g. compound pendulum, centrifugal force, thermal
conductivity, velocity of sound in air),
Selected experiments from electricity & magnetism (LCR circuit, Helmholtz coil), optics (interference
and diffraction) and
Selected experiments from modern physics (specific charge of electron, hydrogen spectrum,
photoelectric effect) etc.

Text Books:
B. L. Worsnop and H. T. Flint, Advanced Practical Physics for students, Asia Publishing House, 1971
G. L. Squires, Practical Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2001
M. Nelkon and P. Parker, Advanced Level Physics, 7
th
Edition, Cbs, 2006
B.K. Mathur, Introduction to Geometrical and Physical Optics, 7
th
Edition, Gopal Printing, 1967

Course Code: CH 111
Course Title: Chemistry Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical : 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments on the following:
1) Complexometric Reaction
2) Oxidation Reduction Reactions
132 | P a g e

3) Spectrophotometer
4) Electric Potential
5) Chemical Kinetics
6) Organic Synthesis
7) Chromatography
8) Packing Fraction
9) Adsorption
10) Catalysis,
11) Electrolytic Conductance.
Reference Books:

1. D.P. Shoemaker, C.W. Garland and J.W. Nibler: Experiments in Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1996
2. V.D. Athawale and P. Mathur: Experimental Physical Chemistry, 1st Edition, New Age International
Publication, New Delhi, 2001.
3. J.B. Yadav: Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Goel Pub., Meerut, 2003
4. S. M. Khopkar: Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry, 3rd Edition, New Age International Publication,
New Delhi, 2008
5. P. Samnani: Experiments in Chemistry, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2007.


SECOND SEMESTER

Course Code: CE 111
Course Title: Applied Mechanics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practicals:3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical :1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments based on the following:
Verification of the law of polygon of coplanar, concurrent forces, in equilibrium using
universal force table, condition of equilibrium of concurrent forces in space using space
frame, the conditions of equilibrium of bodies under the action of coplanar parallel forces
with the help of simple beam/overhang beam,
Determination of the forces in the members of Simple plane Roof Truss,
Determination of the modulus of elasticity of a steel wire,
Determination of the co-efficient of friction between a leather belt and pulley, as well as
rope and pulley,
Determination of the coefficient of static friction between different surface in contact,
Determination of the value of acceleration of earth g by Fletchers trolley,
Determination of mass movement of inertia of a flywheel, performance of simple lifting
machines

Reference Books:
K. L. Kumar: Engineering Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003

133 | P a g e

Course Code: Course Title: Applied Mechanics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : --
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Unit 1 10 hours
Statics of Particles: -Forces in a Plane: Force on a Particle. Resultant of Two Forces, Vectors, Addition
of Vectors, Resultant of Several Concurrent Forces, Resolution of a Force into Components,
Rectangular Components of a Force. Equilibrium of a Particle, Free-Body Diagrams. Forces in Space:
Rectangular Components of a Force in Space, Equilibrium of a Particle in Space
Rigid Bodies: Equivalent system of forces; Principle of Transmissibility. Equivalent Forces, Vector
Moment of a Force about a Point, Varignons Theorem, Rectangular Components of the Moment of
a Force, Moment of a Force about a Given Axis, Moment of a Couple, Equivalent Couples ,Addition
of Couples, Resolution of a Given Force into a Force at O and a Couple, Equivalent Systems of Forces
Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies: Free-Body Diagram , Equilibrium in Two Dimensions: Reactions at
Supports and Connections for a Two-Dimensional Structure, Equilibrium of a Rigid Body in Two
Dimensions, Equilibrium in Three Dimensions, Equilibrium of a Rigid Body in Three Dimensions,
Reactions at Supports and Connections for a Three-Dimensional Structure
Unit 2 10 hours
Distributed Forces: Centroids and centers of Gravity: Areas and Lines:Center of Gravity of a Two-
Dimensional Body, Centroids of Areas and Lines, First Moments of Areas and Lines, Composite Plates
and Wires, Determination of Centroids by Integration,Theorems of PappusGuldinus, Distributed
Loads on Beams, Forces on Submerged SurfacesVolumes: Center of Gravity of a Three-Dimensional
Body,Centroid of a Volume, CompositeBodies, Determination of Centroids of Volumes by Integration
Analysis of Structures: Trusses
Definition of a Truss, Simple Trusses, Analysis of Trusses by the Method of Joints, Joints under
Special Loading Conditions, Analysis of Trusses by the Method of Sections, Trusses Made of Several
Simple Trusses
Distributed Forces: Moment of Inertia: Moments of Inertia of Areas: Second Moment, or Moment
of Inertia, of an Area, Determination of the Moment of Inertia of an Area by Integration, Polar
Moment of Inertia, Radius of Gyration of an Area, Parallel-Axis Theorem, Moments of Inertia of
Composite Areas, Product of Inertia, Principal Axes and Principal Moments of Inertia, Mohrs Circle
for Moments and Products of Inertia
Unit 3 10 hours
Friction: Introduction, the Laws of Dry Friction. Coefficients of Friction, Angles of Friction, Problems
Involving Dry Friction, Wedges, Square-Threaded Screws, Journal Bearings.AxleFriction,Thrust
Bearings. Disk Friction, Wheel Friction. Rolling Resistance, Belt Friction
134 | P a g e

Method of Virtual work: Work of a Force, Principle of Virtual Work, Applications of the Principle of
Virtual Work, Real Machines. Mechanical Efficiency, Work of a Force during a Finite Displacement,
Potential Energy, Potential Energy and Equilibrium, Stability of Equilibrium
Unit 4 12 hours
Kinematics of Particles: Introduction to Dynamics, Rectilinear Motion of Particles, Curvilinear
Motion of Particles: Position Vector, Velocity, and Acceleration, Derivatives of Vector Functions,
Rectangular Components of Velocity and Acceleration,Kinetics of Particles: Newtons second law,
Kinetics of particles: energy and momentum methods, Systems of particles
Kinematics of rigid bodies, Plane motion of rigid bodies: forces and accelerations, Plane Motion of
rigid bodies: energy and momentum methods, Kinetics of rigid bodies in three dimensions:
Text Books:
F.P. Beer, E. R. Jhonston, D. F. Mazurek, P. Cornwell and E. Eisenberg: Vector Mechanics for
Engineers: Statics and Dynamics, 9th Ed. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
J L Meriam and L. G. Kraige: Engineering Mechanics Statics, Volume 1, 6th Ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd,
2006.
J L Meriam and Kraige: Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, 6th Ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2010.

Reference Books:
I H Shames: Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
Stephen Timoshenko, J V Rao, D H Young, Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2006.
R. C. Hibbeler, Ashok Gupta Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics 11th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2009
Veenu Kumar, K. L. Kumar, Engineering Mechanics 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
Jacob P. DenHartog, Mechanics, Dover Publications, 1961.
M.S. Sivakumar, Stephen Crandall, Thomas Lardner, Norman Dahl, an Introduction to Mechanics of
Solids, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2012.

Course Code:
Course Title: Communication
Course Structure:
Lectures: 1 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0hour per Week
Practical: 2 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory: 1.0 credits
Practical: 1.0 credits
Total Credit: 2 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

using Technology for Communication

using Technology for
Communication
Use of Technology and its importance in enhancing communication
skills.
2
E- Etiquettes:- Netiquettes, - Cell Phone Etiquettes & Text
Messaging, - Social Media Etiquettes

135 | P a g e

Development of Presentation Skills Performance Skills and Professional Skills strengthened with Soft
Skills,
A.Presentation Skills
Oral Presentations:
Orientations, Anchoring, Annual Report Reading, Seminar
Presentations



2









Developing Presentability in different situations and for different
purposes:
- Through Proper Body Language, paralanguage & through non-
verbal cues-Expressions (like greetings, reinforcements,
appreciations, specifications etc)
- through well-preparedness in terms of being ready with required
material & apt content- through proper grooming - through Time &
Stress Management- through swiftness and comprehensiveness -
making presence pleasant and energetic- through creating enabling
environment
B. Performance Skills
Skills for Mental Readiness for Performances: Skill of Identifying
Focus, Skill of Comprehending with diverse perspective Skill of
Concluding, Skill of choosing apt expressions, Skill of positive
thinking
1
C.
Professional Skills :
Organization Skills:
- Organization of Seminar/ Workshop/ Training/ Meetings/
Functions/ Week/ Pannel Discussion etc.
- Team Building & Team Work - Stress & Time Management
2
Reinforcing Skills of LSRW, Communication, Presentation & Performance Through Language Lab

A. Phonetics
Fundamentals of Phonetics: Phonemic symbols and Phonetic
sounds; Understanding Speech Sounds: English Pronunciation,
Vowel and consonant sounds and pronunciation guidelines related
to vowel and consonant sounds.
2
B. Listening Skills
Practical Lab Based exercises & Exposure to various spoken formats
for developing acute listening abilities
2
Understanding accents when listening to speakers from various
nationalities
Listening for correct accent and pronunciation; Developing neutral
accent.
Effective Listening Techniques
136 | P a g e

C. Speaking Skills
Improving Fluency:
Articulation of words and sentences; Developing Correct
Pronunciation using correct stress patterns; voice quality
assessment ; correct accent, stress and intonation patterns.
2
D. Reading Skills
Reading Comprehensions- Lab based reading comprehension
exercises; Exposure to Different kinds of texts and various types of
Comprehension Questions; Developing speed reading through
practical exercises
2
E. Writing Skills Writing Assignments from Language Software 2
F. using Technology
for Communication
Using Internet:
- Browsing and searching the internet
- Evaluating the quality of Internet Data
- Open Access Resources
3
E-Modes of Communication:
- Writing E-mails & Effective Email Practices - Webbloging, - Video
Conferencing & Teleconferencing
- Podcasting - Using Mail Merge
G. Presentation Skills
Power Point Presentation:
- preparing and using PPTS as an effective aid to presentations,-
Rehearsed and Impromptu Presentations - Overhead Transparencies
2
H. PerformanceSkills
& Supplementary
Skills
Skills specific to types of Performances:
- Group Discussion - Making Formal Speeches
- Elocution & Debate - Situational Role Plays

Note: Activities accommodated within lab hours

Developing Reading Habits (Self Study)
A book based on
Indian History /
reflects Indian Culture
The Cat and Shakespeare: A Tale of India Raja Rao-1965

B.An autobiography /
biography of a
Spiritual Leader
An autobiography of a Yogi (Param Hans Yogananda)- Param Hans
Yogananda
C. Self Motivational
Book
Seven Habits of Highly Effective People Stephen Covey

D. Reading for
updates
Editorials from News Papers or Articles from Magazines/ Case
Studies or Project Reports
137 | P a g e


E. Classical/ Modern
Literary Work
Talkative Man-R.K. Narayan-1987


Course Code: EE
Course Title: Electrical Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: ----
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 4.0
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Implementation : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline

Unit 1 14 hours
D.C. Machines:
Construction, simple lap and wave windings, emf , torque and power equations, circuit model,
generating and motoring modes, magnetizing characteristics, introduction to armature reaction
and commutation, self excited generators, shunt series and compound motors , speed control,
efficiency and losses.
Unit 2 14 hours
Transformers:
Fundaments and construction of single phase and three phase transformers, ideal transformer,
emf equation, no load conditions, loading, accounting for finite permeability and core losses,
equivalent circuit, no load and short circuit tests, per unit system, voltage regulation, efficiency,
auto-transformer, three phase transformers, star and delta connections.

Unit 3 12 Hours
Induction motor:
Equivalent circuit, torque speed characteristics, no load and blocked rotor tests, load test,
starting, speed control.
Unit 4 16 hours
Synchronous Machines:
Construction and basic principles, three phase windings, rotating magnetic fields, distribution
and pitch factors, emf equation, synchronous speed, armature reaction, synchronous reactance,
voltage regulation, synchronizing to mains, damper winding, Vector diagram for generating and
motoring modes, synchronous motor starting, V curves.
Induction Machine
Construction and simple theory of operation of three phase Fractional kW Motors: Brief
description of reluctance motor, hysteresis motor, two phase servo motor, stepper motors.

Text Books:
Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans, Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003.
B. L. Theraja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005
P. S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.
138 | P a g e



Reference Books:
M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors
Delhi, 2005.
Mukherjee and Chakravorty, Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2005.
Nagrath and Kothari, Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005.
Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972.
K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer, Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley
Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code: EE 111 Course Title: Electrical Engineering Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practicals:3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Implementation : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Experiments based on the following:
Speed torque characteristic of DC series motor.
Speed torque characteristic of DC shunt motor.
No load characteristic of DC generator
Speed control of separately excited DC motor.
Open circuit and short circuit test of single phase transformer.
Load test of single phase transformer.
Determination of the equivalent circuit parameters from No-Load and Blocked rotor tests of
three- phase Induction Motor.
Speed control and Load test on three-phase SL Induction Motor.
V and inverted v curves of a synchronous motor
Regulation of an alternator By zero power factor method

Reference Books:
Fitzgerald, Kingsley and Umans: Electric Machinery, TMH, New Delhi, 2003.
B. L. Theraja: A Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol. 2, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2005
P. S. Bimbhra: Electrical Machinery, Khanna Pub., Delhi, 1998.
M. G. Say: The Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors
Delhi, 2005.
Mukherjee and Chakravorty: Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai Pub., New Delhi, 2005.
Nagrath and Kothari: Electric Machines, TMH, New Delhi, 2005.
Vincent Del Toro: Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Prentice Hall, 1972.
K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer: Electrical and Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley
Eastern Ltd, 1993.

Course Code:
Course Title: Mathematics II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 2 hours per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Unit 1 12 hours
139 | P a g e

Linear Algebra I:
Matrices and Determinants, linear transformations. Systems of linear equations. Gauss
elimination, rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix.
Unit 2 12 hours
Linear Algebra II:
Vector spaces, Inner products, Bilinear and Quadratic forms, Eigen values and eigenvectors,
Similarity transformations. Diagonalization of Hermitian matrices.

Unit 3 16 hours
Ordinary Differential Equations I:
Ordinary Differential equations of the 1
st
order; exactness and integrating factors, Ordinary
Differential equations of the 2
nd
order, variation of parameters, Picards iteration method.
Unit 4 16 hours
Ordinary Differential Equations II:
Ordinary linear differential equations of n
th
order. Solution of homogeneous and non
homogeneous equations. Operator method, Methods of undetermined coefficients and
variation of parameters. Systems of differential equations.
Text Books:
E. Kreyszig Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9
th
Ed., Wiley India, 2011.

Reference Books:
T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. II, Wiley India, 2007.
W.E. Boyce and R.C. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems, 9
th
ED.,
Wiley, International students edition, 2009.
V. Krishnamurthy, V.P. Mainra and J.L. Arora, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Affiliated East-West
Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.

Course Code: ME 102 Course Title: Thermodynamics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 Hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 Hours per Week
Practicals:Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credits
Total Credits : 4.0
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2014-15
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
Unit 1 12 hours
Basic Concepts & Definitions:
Classical (Equilibrium) and Statistical thermodynamics macroscopic and microscopic points of
view, thermodynamic system, surroundings, system boundary, control mass and control volume
thermodynamic properties, processes and cycles, thermal equilibrium, quasi-static process
pure substance, simple compressible substance, continuum concept.
140 | P a g e

Matterits phases, working medium/substance/agentits definition, definition of
thermodynamic equilibriummechanical, thermal, chemical, representation of thermodynamic
processes and cycles on 2-property plots.
Zeroth law of thermodynamics reproducible reference points ideal gas temperature and
ideal gas thermometer
Energy and Various Forms:
Thermodynamic definitions of work and heat work done at the moving boundary of a simple
compressible substance-displacement (pdV) work and other types of work interactions net work done by
a system, free expansion with zero work done, work interaction: a path function, Energy its definitions,
forms of its occurrence in various fields mechanical, electrical, electronics, chemical, atomic, nuclear,
thermal, - the units of energy measurements and their equivalents.
Unit 2 14 hours
First Law Analysis:
Statements of first law of thermodynamics for a control mass undergoing a cycle and for a change in state
internal energy as a thermodynamic property heat energy as path function, perpetual motion machine
of first kind, different forms of energy enthalpy specific heat at constant pressure and constant
volume, First law analysis of elementary processes such as isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, adiabatic and
polytropic undergone by an ideal gas.
First law applied to control volume steady flow processes mass and energy balance in simple steady
flow process application of steady flow energy equation to systems like nozzle, diffuser, throttling
devices, pumps, compressors, turbine and heat exchanger general form of energy equation. First law
applied to transient processes.

Unit 3 16 hours
Second Law Analysis:
Thermodynamic definition of heat engine, direct and reversed heat engine, diagrammatic
representation of heat engine, performance parameters of direct and reversed heat engines
Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statements of second law their equivalence perpetual motion
machine of the second kind Concept of reversibility, reversible process and reversible cycle -
conditions of reversibility irreversibility factors that render a process irreversible concept of
reversible heat transfer process examples Carnot reversible cycle Carnot theorem and its
consequences definition of thermodynamic (Absolute) temperature scale using the concept of
reversible engines
Inequality of Clausius definition of entropy as property temperature entropy diagram
entropy change during irreversible adiabatic process reversible adiabatic process entropy
principle & applications - change of entropy during processes undergone by ideal gas - entropy
generation principle of increase of entropy, entropy as a rate equation.
Second law applied to a control volume- steady state and transient processes- reversible steady
state process- Concept of available energy, reversible work and irreversibility- availability
(exergy) and second law efficiency- Guoy-stodola theorem simple engineering applications.
Unit 4 14 hours
Properties of Pure Substances:
P-V-T surfaces, P-V, P-T, T-S and H-S diagrams of pure substance, use of steam tables and charts.
Equation of State for Real Gases:
141 | P a g e

Ideal gas equation Van-der-waal equation of state, Berthelot equation of state, Dieterici
equation of state, Beattie-Bridgeman equation of state, virtual expansion etc. Amagat
isotherms compressibility factor compressibility chart.
Thermodynamic Relations:
Maxwell relation, T-dS relations, volume coefficient of expansion and isothermal compressibility,
specific heat relations, Joule-Thompson coefficient and their relation, Clausius-Clapeyron
equation
Unit 5 (Self Study)
Basics of Exergy analysis Exergy analysis of a simple thermal system
Model making of P-V-T surface to illustrate properties of pure substance
Model making of any closed and open thermodynamic systems
Text Books:
Sonntag, R.E., Borknakke,C & Van Wylen, G. J, Fundamental of Thermodynamics, 6
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Edition, 2003
Nag, P.K., Engineering Thermodynamics, 3
rd
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub.,2005
Cengel, Y., A., and Boles, M.A, Thermodynamics- An Engineering Approach, McGraw Hill, 2
nd
Revised
Ed., 1997

Reference Books:
Achuthan, M, Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall India, 2002
Rao, Y.V.C.,An Introduction to Thermodynamics, University Press, India P Ltd., Revised Ed., 2004.
Chattopadhyay, P., Engineering Thermodynamics, Revised 1
st
Ed., Oxford University press, 2011
Zemensky, M.W., Heat and Thermodynamics, 7
th
Ed., McGraw Hill Pub., 1997
Dittman, R.H., & Zemensky, M.N., Heat & Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2008
Rogers, G.F.C., & Mayhew,Y.R., Engineering Thermodynamics, Work and Heat Transfer, 4
th
Ed.,
Longman
Spalding, D.B. and Cole,E.H., Engineering Thermodynamics Edward Arnold,1967
Kumar, D.S., Thermal Science & Engineering, 4
th
Ed., Kataria & Sons, New Delhi, 2006

Course Code: ME 111
Course Title: Workshop Practice
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ----
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech I

Course Outline
This subject includes practicing of the students in following trades by making various jobs.
Carpentry
Plumbing
Electric Wiring
Welding
Facing & turning on Lathe
Milling
Fitting
142 | P a g e

Tin smithy operations
Drilling
Slotting
Assembling of various parts

Text Books:
H. S. Bawa: Workshop Practice, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
Reference Books:
Achuthan S. K. Hajra Choudhury et. al.: Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I and 2, 14th
Ed. Media Promoters and Publishers 2009.

THIRD SEMESTER
Course Code: CE 201 Course Title: Strength of Materials
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials : 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
Unit -1 14 hours
Tension, Compression, and Shear Introduction to Mechanics of Materials, Normal Stress and Strain,
Mechanical Properties of Materials, Elasticity, Plasticity, and Creep, Linear Elasticity, Hookes Law,
and Poissons Ratio, Shear Stress and Strain, Allowable Stresses and Allowable Loads, Design for Axial
Loads and Direct Shear
Axially Loaded Members Introduction, Changes in Lengths of Axially Loaded Members, Changes in
Lengths under Non uniform Conditions, Statically Indeterminate Structures, Thermal Effects, Misfits,
and Prestrains, Stresses on Inclined Sections
Torsion Introduction, Torsional Deformations of a Circular Bar, Circular Bars of Linearly Elastic
Materials, Non uniform Torsion, Stresses and Strains in Pure Shear, Relationship Between Moduli of
Elasticity E and G, Transmission of Power by Circular Shafts, Statically Indeterminate Torsional
Members
Unit 2 14 hours
Shear Forces and Bending Moments Introduction, Types of Beams, Loads, and Reactions, Shear
Forces and Bending Moments, Relationships between Loads, Shear Forces and Bending Moments,
Shear-Force and Bending-Moment Diagrams
Stress Longitudinal Strains in Beams, Normal Stresses in Beams (Linearly Elastic Materials),Design of
Beams for Bending Stresses, Shear Stresses in Beams of Rectangular Cross Section Shear Stresses in
Beams of Circular Cross Section, Shear Stresses in the Webs of Beams with Flanges, Composite
Beams
Unit 3 14 hours
143 | P a g e

Analysis of Stress and Strain Introduction, Principal Stresses and Maximum Shear Stresses, Mohrs
Circle for Plane Stress, Hookes Law for Plane Stress, Triaxial Stress
Applications of Plane Stress (Pressure Vessels and Combined Loadings) Introduction, Spherical
Pressure Vessels, Cylindrical Pressure Vessels, and Combined Loadings
Strain Energy: Elastic strain energy in tension, shear, torsion and bending, theorem of Castigliano
Unit 4 14 hours
Deflections of Beams Introduction, Differential Equations of the Deflection Curve, Deflections by
Integration of the Bending-Moment Equation, Deflections by Integration of the Shear-Force and
Load Equations, Method of Superposition
Curved bars: Pure bending of curved bars, bending of curved bars by forces acting in the plane of
symmetry, particular cases of curved bards, deflection of curved bars, arch hinged at the ends
Columns Introduction, Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned Ends, Columns with Other
Support Conditions
Text Books:
E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hill of India, New Delhi, 1973.
S P Timoshenko, Strength of Materials: Elementary Theory and Problems (Part I), 3
rd
Edition, CBS
Publisher, 2002.
M L Gambhir, Fundamentals of solid mechanics: A Treatise on Strength of Materials Print Edition, PHI
Learning, 2009.

Reference Books:
S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl and T.V. Lardner, Mechanics of Solids: An Introduction, McGraw Hill
International, Tokyo, 1994.
R. C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials (SI Units), 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
G H Ryder, Strength of Materials, 3rd Edition, Macmillan, 2002.
S. P. Timoshenko, History of Strength of Materials New ed Edition (Paperback), Dover Publications,
1983.
J P Den Hartog, Strength of Materials, Dover Publications, 1961.
E. Russell Johnston, David F. Mazurek, John T. Dewolf, Ferdinand P. Beer, Mechanics of Materials (SI
Units), Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
Robert L. Mott, Applied Strength of Materials 5th Edition, Paperback, Prentice-Hall, 2009.
W A Nash, Strength of Materials 4 Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.

Course Code: CE 211
Course Title: Strength of Materials Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical :3 hours per
Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments:

Axial tension of mild steel and cast iron,
Compression on concrete,
Bending of beams,
Testing on shear,
Buckling of columns,
Experiments on shear centre,
Continuous and interconnected beams,
Unsymmetrical bending of angle sections,
144 | P a g e

Buckling of columns of various cross-section and end conditions.

References:

David, Troxell, Inspection and Testing of Engineering Materials, Wskocil.

Course Code: HS 201 Course Title: Introduction to Sociology
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials : ---
Practical : ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit -1 14 hours

UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY AND ITS INSTITUTIONS
Disciplines of Humanities, Social sciences and Science
Need for understanding society and description of society at various stagesagrarian,
industrialized, multicultural.
Society as a system and its sub-systems
Some social institutions and impact of science and technology on it:
- Family
- Kinship
- Religion
- Education
Unit 2 14 hours
UNDERSTANDING THE COMPLEXITY OF SOCIETY
Social stratification: Meaning and Impact
Issues of marginalized sections:
- Gender
- Caste
- Class
- Race and Ethnicity
Approaches to study of society:
- Conflict: Karl Marxs theory and Hegels theory
- Functional: Theories of Talcott Parsons and Robert Merton

Unit 3 14 hours
UNDERSTANDING THE DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES IN SOCIETY
Processes of change in society:
- Social change, modernization, westernization,
urbanization,globalization,Liberalization,Privatization
Concepts of Development, Human Development Index, Cultural Capital and Indigenous
knowledge and impact of science and technology
Issues in Development:
145 | P a g e

- Inclusive development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and
technology
- Sustainable development: meaning, significance and contribution of science and
technology
Unit 4 (Self Study)
Suggested sessional work (Any 0ne)
- A Survey on impact of science and technology on society in your community
- A Report on Contribution of NGO in the development of society based on visit and
interaction
- Prepare a newsletter on science and technology for human development.
Suggested Readings:
Sen, A. Sustainable Development And Our Responsibilities
http://www.fabricaethica.it/documenti/937.Amartya%20Sen_UNIPOL.pdf
Amartya Sen lecture series http://www.sen-lecture.eu/
Haralambos, M. (2011) Sociology Themes and Perspectives
Mitchell, G D (1979 ). SOCIOLOGY The study of Social Systems.Oxford University Press: Mumbai
Ritzer, G. (2011). Sociological Theory. Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited: New Delhi
Human Development Report http://hdr.undp.org/en/reports/
World Development Report 2012: Gender Equality and Development
http://publications.worldbank.org
Zeitlin Irving M (1969).: Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory, Prentice Hall, New
Delhi.
Coser, Lewis A.( 1977). Masters of Sociological Thought, Harcourt Base, New York.
Giddens, Anthony (1997) Capitalism and Modern Social Theory An analysis of Writings of Marx,
Durkheim and Weber, Cambridge University Press.
Hughes John A., Martin, P. J. and Sharrock W. W (1995) Understanding Classical Sociology Marx,
Weber and Durkheim, London, Sage Publications
Tucker, K.N (2002). Classical Social Theory, Blackwell Publication, Oxford
Marx, Karl A (1970/77). Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy, Progress Publishers,
Moscow


Course Code: MA 203 Course Title: Mathematics III
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 2 hour per Week
Practical: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2012-13
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
Unit 1
Partial Differential equations: 14 hours
Formation of PDE, linear PDE of first order (P*p+Q*q=R), non linear PDE of first order, equations
of the form: f(p, q)=0, z=px+qy+f(p, q), f(z, p, q)=0, f(x, p)=f(y, p), homogeneous linear PDE with
constant coefficients, Second order partial differential equations, classification in to elliptic,
parabolic and hyperbolic equations, models leading to 2
nd
order PDEs, boundary value problems
involving 2
nd
order PDEs and their solution by methods of separation of variables, heat, wave
146 | P a g e

and Laplace equations and their solution by method of separation of variables and using Fourier
series.
Unit 2 14 hours
Laplace Transforms:
Definition, Linearity property, Laplace transforms of elementary functions, shifting theorem
Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Convolution theorem, Application of
Laplace transforms in solving ordinary differential equations, Laplace transforms of periodic,
Unit step and Impulse functions.
Unit 3 14 hours
Numerical Methods:
Finite difference, Newtons interpolation formulae, Lagranges formula, numerical integration:
trapezoidal rule, Simpsons rule. Solution of equations of one variable: Bisection method,
Newton raphson method. Solution of system of linear equations: Gauss Seidel and Jacobi
methods. Numerical solution of differential equation: Eulers method, modified Euler method,
Runge Kutta method, finite difference methods for ordinary differential equations.
Unit 4 14 hours
Functions of Complex Variable
Limit continuity and derivative of functions of a complex variable, analytic functions and their
applications: Harmonic, conjugate harmonic and potential functions;
Linear transformations of complex domains, some special transformations, bilinear
transformations, transformation by some standard functions, conformal mapping, applications
of transformations and conformal mappings.

Text Books:
Dennis G. Zill., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, III
rd
Ed., Narosa, 2009
E. Kreyszig., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9
th
Ed., Wiley India, 2011
C. Henry Edwards, David E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems
Computing and Modeling, 3
rd
Ed., Pearson, 2013.

Reference Books:
B.S. Grewal., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna, New Delhi.
W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima., Elementry Differential Equations, John Wiley-2005.
R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown., Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems, McGraw-Hill-
2006.
M.D. Raisinghania, S. Kolibal, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Chand (S.) & Co Ltd,
India, 2005.
P. P. Dyke, An Introduction to Laplace Transforms and Fourier Series, Springer, Reprint 2004.


Course Code: ME- 303 Course Title: Machine Design - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2013-14
Semester : third
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1: Introduction to Machine drawing (3 hours)
Free hand sketches of m/c elements such as bolts, nuts, washers, studs, tapped holes. Conventional
representation of assembly of threaded parts in external and sectional views
147 | P a g e

Types of Drawings
Lines and Dimensioning, Surface roughness:
Fits and Tolerance, allocation of fits for various mating parts, tolerance data sheet, and tolerance
table preparation Geometric tolerance, Roughness and Machining symbols, indication on drawings
Unit 2: Design consideration of Machine Parts (10 hours)
Definition and understanding of various types of design, Morphology of design, Design procedure, ,
Selection of materials, Properties and I.S. coding of various materials, factors of safety, Stress
Concentration and methods of relieving stresses, Types of stresses-tensile, compressive, shear,
bending, bearing, crushing, Eccentric axial stresses, principle stress, Standardization and preferred
numbers, Residual stresses.
Fatigue Loading:
Design for fluctuating stresses, Endurance limit, Estimation of Endurance strength, Goodmans
Line, Soderbergs line, Modified Goodmans line.

Unit 3: Design of Shaft, Keys and Couplings (10 hours)

Design of solid and hollow shaft for transmission of torque, bending moment and axial forces, Design
of shaft for critical speed, design of shaft for rigidity and stiffness,
Design of different types of keys, design of a muff and clamp coupling, Rigid coupling, Flange
Coupling, Flexible coupling- Oldham, universal coupling.

Unit 4: Design of Fasteners: (9 hours)

a) Design of Riveted Joints:
Types of riveted joints, design of double and triple riveted butt joints with equal and unequal cover
plates, Design of Circumferential joint, Longitudinal Butt Joint, Eccentric loading.
b) Welded Joints
Types of welded joints, stresses in welded joints, Design for various loading conditions in torsion,
shear, or direct load, eccentrically loaded welded joints, welding symbols.
c) Miscellaneous Joints:
Design of Gibb and cotter, and knuckle joint, Design of Spigot and socket Joint, Design of Turn
buckle.

Unit: 5 Power Screws: (10 hours)

Types of power screw threads, design of screw with different types of threads used in practice,
Design of nuts, Design of C clamp, Screw jack
Levers:
General Procedure for design of levers, designs of lever for safety valve, design of bell crank lever,
design of rocker arm for exhaust valves.

Text Books:
P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal Machine Design, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009.
V. B. Bhandari Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

148 | P a g e

Reference Books:
S. G. Kulkarni, Machine Design - Solved Problems", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, "Mechanical Engineering Design", McGraw Hill
International Edition.
Machine Design by Shigley Tata McGraw hill.
Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education.
Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan


Course Code: ME Course Title: Machine Design I Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: :3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Tutorials : 1.5 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Academic Year : 2014-15
Semester : third
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
Drawings of the following using proportionate dimensions on Sheets.
a) Engine parts cylinder, liners, piston, connecting rod, crank shaft, stuffing boxes, cross
heads, Eccentrics.
b) Machine parts Screws jacks, Machine Vices, Plummer block, Tailstock.
c) Valves: Steam stop valve, spring loaded safety valve, feed check valve and air cock
Plotting the drawings in AutoCAD, plotting drawing using the plot dialog box, adding
plotters and using plot styles, plotting sheets.
Prepare programs for designing and verification of Simple Machine Elements (eg.
Couplings, pulleys, etc.) in C++
Prepare Autolisp program for auto-generation of simple machine elements
Text Books:
P.C Sharma and D. K. Aggarwal Machine Design, S.K. Kataria & Sons 2009.
V. B. Bhandari Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
E Balagurusamy Object Oriented Programming With C++, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co
AutoLISP Developer's Guide, Autodesk, Inc
Reference Books:
S. G. Kulkarni, Machine Design - Solved Problems", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, "Mechanical Engineering Design", McGraw Hill
International Edition.
Machine Design by Shigley Tata McGraw hill.
Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education.
Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

Course Code: ME 201 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: -
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

149 | P a g e

Course Outline

Unit 1 14 hours
Concepts & Definitions:
Introduction ideal and real fluids, fluid continuum classification and properties of fluid.
control volume, control mass, fluid element continuum concept - Newtons law of viscosity
Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, compressibility of fluids-bulk modulus-compression and
expansion of gases-speed of sound, vapour pressure, surface tension
Fluid at Rest:
Pressure at a point, basic equation for pressure field, pressure variation in a fluid at rest for
incompressible and compressible fluids Pressure variation in a fluid with rigid body motion-
linear motion- rigid body rotation. pressure head- absolute and gauge pressures- measurement
of pressure- manometry simple, differential, inclined manometers.
Hydrostatic Forces on Surfaces:
Total pressure and centre of pressure forces on horizontal, vertical, inclined submerged
surfaces
Buoyancy and Floatation:
Buoyancy,-centre of buoyancy, equilibrium of floating bodies metacentric height, oscillation of
floating bodies

Unit 2 12 hours
Fluid Kinematics:
Eulerian and Lagrangian methods of describing flow Reynolds transport theorem- substantial
derivative and acceleration- translation, rotation and deformations Types of fluid flow -
Velocity field, steady and unsteady flows one, two and three dimensional flows -uniform and
non-uniform flows stream line, stream tube, path lines and streak lines. Equation of continuity
in differential form in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinate systems Equation of
stream line
Kinematic considerations of Vortex flows: vorticity dynamics, Kelvins circulation theorem,
Irrotational flows- velocity potential stream function - complex velocity, sources and sinks,
doublet. Plane source, source-sink pair, doublet and free vortex in a uniform flow.

Unit 3 16 hours
Fluid Dynamics: Ideal Fluid Flow Inviscid Incompressible Flows:
Flow analysis using control volume: Bernoullis equation practical application of Bernoulli
equation- orificemeter, venturimeter rotameter pitot tube, Impulse momentum equation
kinetic energy and momentum correction factors, momentum of momentum equation
Flow analysis using differential methods: Discharge in terms of stream function and velocity
potential function Laplace equation boundary conditions flow net
Principles of conservation, Conservation equations - mass, momentum and energy - differential
and integral forms of equations Bernouilli equation - Euler equation - linear motion and
deformation, angular motion and deformation, differential form of continuity equation- some
basic plane potential flows
Dimensional Analysis, Modeling and Similitude:
Physical quantities in fluid flow, dimensionally homogenous equations and their characteristics,
Buckinghams pi theory, calculation of dimensionless parameters and their physical significance,
similitude, models and scales.
Unit 4 14 hours
Fluid Dynamics - Viscous Incompressible Flows:
Laminar flow - two-dimensional flows without rotation- flow of viscous fluid between parallel
flat plates, Couette flow, plane Poiseuille flow, flow through pipes, Hagen Poiseuille flow. Flow
through pipes, laminar flow between parallel moving and stationary plates measurement of
viscosity Turbulent flow through pipes characteristics, shear stress in turbulent flow, concept
of eddy viscosity, Prandtl mixing length theory, hydrodynamically smooth and rough pipes,
Nikuradses experiment, Moodys chart
150 | P a g e

Losses in Pipe Flow
Pipe system major and minor losses , losses in fittings, transmission through pipes, pipes
connected in series and parallel, branched pipes, total energy line , hydraulic graidient lines.
Flow in pipes and bends, study of various losses.

Text Books:

White, F. M., Fluid Mechanics McGraw Hill Pub., 3
rd
Ed., New York, 1994,
Mohanty, A. K., Fluid Mechanics, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994
Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

Reference Books:

Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001
Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tat Mcgraw Hill P
Ltd., New Delhi ,2002
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Rathakrishnan, E,Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012


Course Code: ME 202
Course Title: Engineering Metallurgy
Course Structure:
Lectures: 4 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit -1 18 Hours
Introduction to Material Science and Metallurgy: Classification of Engineering Materials, Engineering
requirements of materials, Properties of engineering materials, Criteria for selection of materials for
engineering applications.
Iron-Carbon diagram, plain carbon steels, Allotropy of iron.
Crystallization of metals, Solidification of an alloy, solid solution types.
Thermal Equilibrium diagrams of binary alloys. Effects of Structure on Physical Properties.
Unit 2 18 Hours
Ferrous metal and its alloys
Cast Iron: Grades, Alloy Cast Iron, Malleable Iron, S. G. Iron.
Wrought Iron: Properties and uses.
Steel: Classification of Steels, Properties and uses, Effects of alloying metals.
151 | P a g e

Heat Treatment of Steels: Study of Heat-Treatment processes such as Normalizing, Annealing,
spheroidizing, hardening, tempering, austempering, martempering, case-hardening, nitriding,
cyaniding, induction hardening, flame-hardening, ageing.
Unit - 3 10 Hours
Non-destructive testing such as Radiography Testing, Dye Penetration Testing, Magnetic Particle
Testing, Ultrasonic Testing. Etc.
Unit - 4 10 Hours
Powder Metallurgy: introduction, manufacturing of parts using powder metallurgy, powder
manufacturing techniques, applications.
Composites material: introduction, classification, Application.

Text Books:
Sidney Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy 2nd Edition (Paperback), Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011.
Reza Abbaschian, Lara Abbaschian, Robert E. Reed- Hill, Principles of Physical Metallurgy 1st
Edition (Paperback, Cengage Learning India,2010
George Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education (1997)
S. P. Nayak, Engineering Metallurgy and Material Science
G. B. S. Narang and K. Manchanedy, Materials and Metallurgy,
Kodgire, .Materials and Metallurgy,

Reference Books:
Agrawal, Science of Engineering Material,
Dr. Swaroop and Dr. Saxena, Elements of Metallurgy,
V Raghavan, Elements of Material Science,
W.G. Vinas and HL Mancini, Introduction to Material,
Dharmendrakumar and S. K. Jain, Material Science and Manufacturing Process,
Robert Read, Physical Metallurgy,
V. Raghvan, Metallurgy for Engineers,
Bava, Metallurgy for Engineers,
Rollason, Physical Metallurgy,
Hyegins, Physical Metallurgy,
Rabert, Tool steel,
Annver, Material Science,
O.P. Khanna, Material Science,
William and collister Material Science and Engineering,

Course Code: ME 211 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics Laboratory - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Third
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments:
Verification of Bernoulli theorem
Calibration of Pitot Static tube
Minor transmission losses in pipes,
152 | P a g e

Determination of friction factor of pipes,
Flow measurement by Orifices, venturimeter and rotameter,
computations of various coefficients involving jet flow through orifice,
Reynolds apparatus, Magnus effect.
Experiments on Free and forced vortex apparatus
Calibration of pressure gauge
Friction loss in pipes

Text Books:
White, F. M., Fluid Mechanics McGraw Hill Pub., 3
rd
Ed., New York, 1994,
Mohanty, A. K., Fluid Mechanics, Prenice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994
Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008

Reference Books:
Streeter V. L., and Wylie, E.B., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 2001
Som, S. K., and Biswas, G., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tat Mcgraw Hill P
Ltd., New Delhi ,2002
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Rathakrishnan, E,Fluid Mechanics- An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi

FOURTH SEMESTER
Course Code: ME 203 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per
Week
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1 11 hours

Boundary Layer Theory:
Prandtl laminar boundary layer concept for flow over flat surface - boundary layer equations in
differential and integral forms Blasius solution - von Karman momentum integral equation
boundary layer thickness- displacement thickness- momentum thickness and energy thickness,
turbulent boundary layer on a flat plate, total drag on a flat plate due to laminar and turbulent
boundary layer, boundary layer separation control of separation
Flow Around Submerged Bodies Drag and Lift:
Dimensional analysis of drag and lift- stream lined and bluffs bodies, drag on sphere and cylinders,
circulation and lift position of stagnation points, pressure at any point of the circular cylinder,
Kutta-Joukowski theorem for lift, lift coefficient, magnus effect

Unit 2 11 hours

153 | P a g e

Compressible Flow Theory:
Review of conservation laws for compressible flow- integral and differential forms of continuity,
momentum and energy equation.
Concepts of Compressible Flow -Velocity of sound-Mach number and its significance-incompressible
- subsonic and supersonic flows-physical difference between various flow regimes-concept of
stagnation conditions-kinetic form of steady flow energy equation-reference speed of compressible
flow-stream thrust and impulse function- effect of compressibility on dynamic properties-steady
one-dimensional compressible flow of perfect gas
Isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas
Governing equations-effect of area variation-reference states and isentropic flow relations-
supersonic nozzles-differential equations governing flow with area change-adiabatic flow

Unit 3 11 hours

Non-isentropic Flow of Ideal Gas:
Fanno Flow- Fanno relations for ideal gas- change in entropy due to friction dynamic equation-
differential equations governing flow with friction-isothermal flow in long constant area ducts.
Rayleigh Flow- Rayleigh line- significance of maximum entropy and enthalpy-Rayleigh relations for a
perfect gas-amount of heat transfer.
Normal Shock Waves - Types of flow in compressible flow general characteristics of normal shock
normal shock equations Prandtl-Meyer equation, Rankine Hugoniot relations, weak and strong
shocks

Unit 4 09 hours

Oblique Shock Waves weak compression and expansion waves compression shock wave and
expansion fan governing equation of oblique shock
Flow Through Nozzles and Diffusers operation of nozzles under varying pressure ratio-under
expansion and over expansion in nozzles- losses in nozzles- performance of diffusers-subsonic and
supersonic air intakes- wind tunnel
Propulsion Systems air breathing propulsion aircraft propulsion engines comparison of
propulsion systems.

Text Books:

Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008
Balachandran, P., Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, 2
nd
print, Prentice Hall India P Ltd., New
Delhi, 2007
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012

Reference Books:

Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Shames, H., Mechanics of Fluids, 3
rd
Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1962
Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A.J., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., John Wiley, 1994
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006

Course Code: ME 215 Course Title: Fluid Mechanics II Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : -
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II
154 | P a g e


Experiments

Impact of Jet on stationary flat and curved surfaces
Wind tunnel test on flow around submerged bodies like cylinders pressure distribution
Wind tunnel test on flow aerofoil sections - Drag and Lift
Flow through nozzles and diffusers
Performance evaluation of reciprocating air compressor
Performance testing on centrifugal fan
Performance testing on centrifugal blowers
Determination of friction factor for flow through pipes under laminar and turbulent flow conditions.


Text Books:

Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia Pub. House, New Delhi, Reprint, 2008
Balachandran, P., Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, 2
nd
print, Prentice Hall India P Ltd., New
Delhi, 2007
Sukumar Pati, A Textbook on Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 1
st
Ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Pub., New Delhi, 2012

Reference Books:

Munson, B.R, Young, D.F. and Okiishi, T.H, Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., Wiley Student
Ed., 2006
Kundu, P.K and Cohen, I.M, Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., Academic Press, Elsevier, India print 2005
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek, J.M., and Swaffield, J.A., Fluid Mechanics, Pearson Education ( Singapore) P
Ltd., New Delhi, 4
th
ed., 2001
Shames, H., Mechanics of Fluids, 3
rd
Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1962
Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A.J., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 5
th
Ed., John Wiley, 1994
Rajput, R.K., A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics, 3
rd
Ed., S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006


Course Code: ME 204 Course Title: Manufacturing Technology I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practical: ---
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)
Introduction: Introduction to manufacturing, classification of manufacturing processes and machine
tools, Primary cutting motions, feed and auxiliary motion, gearing diagram, transmission ratio of
drives

Unit 2 (14 hours)
Mechanics of Machining: Geometry of single point cutting tool, tool signature systems and its
conversion, mechanism of chip formation, orthogonal and oblique cutting, chip breakers, machining
forces and merchants diagram, Cutting temperature- causes, effects,, assessment & control, cutting
fluid.

Machinability: Concept of machinability and its improvement, failure of cutting tool and its life,
cutting tool materials

Unit 3 (16 hours)
155 | P a g e

Turning: basic principle, purpose and application, turning allied operations like facing, taper turning,
setting of machines for various jobs special attachments and accessories.

Drilling, reaming and Boring: basic principle, purpose and application, mechanisms- attachments and
accessories tools

Milling: Classification, kinematic diagram of column and knee type of milling machine types of
milling operations holding of tool and work, indexing

Unit 4 (10 hours)

Abrasive Machining: Importance of finishing process, basic principle, purpose and application, types
of machines and operations, selection of grinding wheel and their conditioning
Broaching: basic principle, purpose and application
Super finishing Operations: Honing, lapping, super finishing

Text Books:

Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata
McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books:

V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin, Principles of Engineering Manufacture, 3 rd Edition, Viva
Publications
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)


Course Code: ME 211 Course Title: Workshop Practices - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II

Experiments on

Lathe tool dynamometer (Making of Merchant Circle)
Examples on tool life & machinability index

Carrying out jobs with operations
Turning
Facing
Taper turning
Grooving
Thread cutting (internal and external)
Drilling
Slotting

Text Books:

156 | P a g e

Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding (Volume - 1) 3rd Edition.Tata
McGraw-Hill Education (2008)

Reference Books:

V. Chiles, S. Black, A. Lissaman, S. Martin. Principles of Engineering Manufacture , 3 rd Edition, Viva
Publications
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)


Course Code: HS 202 Course Title: Economics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: ---
Practical:- nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory :3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
Unit 1 12 hours
Basic Concepts & Definitions:
Economics as a Science of Wealth, Science of Material Welfare and Science of Scarcity. Nature of
Economic Problem. Economic Systems. Fundamental Problems of an Economy. Basic Terms
Goods, Utility, Value, Wealth and Income.
Demand Analysis:
Meaning of Demand, Law of Demand and Determinants of Demand. Elasticity of Demand
Price, Income, Cross and Advertising. Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Consume Surplus and
Indifference Curve Analysis.
Price Determination and Market Structure:
Introduction to Supply, Equilibrium Price and Forms of Market. Features of Different Forms of
Market.Price determination in Perfect Completion, Monopoly, Oligopoly and Monopolistic
Markets. Break-Even Analysis.
Unit 2 10 hours
Indian Economy:
Nature and Characteristics of Indian Economy. Contribution of Agriculture, Industry and Service
Sector to GDP, Employment.
Economic Planning and Role of Government.
Scio-Economic Problems in India Population - Effects and Causes of High Growth Rate of
Population.
Poverty Meaning, Causes and Effect of Poverty. Concept of Poverty Line.
Unemployment Types and Causes of Unemployment.
Economic Reforms and LPG model in Detail.
Indicators of development Human Development Index (HDI).

Unit 3 10 hours
Introduction to Macro Economics:
157 | P a g e

Difference between Micro and Macro Economics. Circular Flow of Income. Concepts and
Measurement of National Income. Introduction to the theory of Income, Employment and
Output. Consumption and Saving Function.
Money and Banking:
Definition, Types and Functions of Money. Role of Money in Economic Development. Types and
Functions of Banks. Credit Creation in Commercial Bank. Role of Central Bank.
Monetary Policy. Inflation- Meaning, Types, Causes, Effects and Measures to Correct Inflation.
Business Cycles.

Unit 4 10 hours
International Business:
International Trade, Free Trade v/s Protection.
Foreign Investment FDI and FPI, FDI Meaning, Determinants and Limitations of FDI.
FDI in India Policy Routes, Sector specific policies. Inflow of FDI Country wise, Sector wise
and State wise. DTAA & Prohibition of FDI
Foreign Exchange Meaning Rate (Determination and Changes).
Balance of payments Meaning Definition Structure and Components of BOP.

Text Books:
Dewett K.K. and J.D. Varma, Elementary Economic Theory S Chand & Co Ltd.
Ahuja H. L Principles of Microeconomics - A New-Look Textbook of Microeconomic Theory, S
Chand & Co Ltd.
Dutt, Ruddar and Sundram K.P.M. (2012): Indian Economy, Sultan & Chand Co., New Delhi
Cherunilam, Francis (2012), International Economics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi.

Reference Books:
Stonier, A.W and Hague (1972): A Text Book of Economic Theory, ELBS, London.
Ahuja, H.L. (2010): Advanced Economic Theory, Sultan Chand and Co., New Delhi.
Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi.
Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen. Economic Development and Social Opportunity. Oxford University
Press.
Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual), New Delhi
Shankar Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, Indias Economy: Performances and Challenges:
Development and Participation, Oxford University Press.
Dominick Salvatore, International Economics: Trade and Finance, John Wiley International
Student Edition, 10th edition, 2011.
Samuelson, Paul Economics Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010


Course Code: EE 221
Course Title: Basic Electronics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 Hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 Hours per Week
Practicals:
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals :
Total Credits : 3.0
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline

Unit-1 9 Hours
Junction Diode Characteristics and Circuits:
158 | P a g e

Open Circuited p-n Junction, p-n Junction as a Rectifier, Breakdown Diodes, Tunnel Diode,
Semiconductor Photodiode, Photovoltaic Effect, Light Emitting Diodes, Diode as a Circuit Element,
Clipping Circuits, Clipping at Two Independent Levels, Comparators, Display Devices (LED and LCD).
LDR.
Unit-2 9 Hours
Transistors and Transducer.
Junction Transistor, Transistor as an Amplifier, CB Configuration, CE Configuration, CE Cutoff region,
CE Saturation Region, CE Current Gain, CC Configuration, Phototransistor. Potentiometer,
Temperature Sensor. Displacement Transducers, Linear Variable Differential Transformer,
Capacitance Sensors. Temperature transducers RTD, Thermisters, Thermocouples- Their Ranges, and
Applications. Transducers for Pressure, Level and Flow Measurement, Strain Measurement.

Unit-3 9 Hours
Combinational and Sequential digital CIRCUITS
Basic Concepts of Gates; Encoder, decoder, multiplexer and demultiplexer. Flip flops using gates
(R-S Flip flop s, D Flip flop, J-K Flip flop, T Flip Flop), Asynchronous input Flip flop.
Basic Concepts of Counters and Registers; Shift Left and Right Register; Registers With Parallel Load;
Serial-In-Parallel-Out (SIPO) and Parallel-In-Serial-Out (PISO); Register Using Different Type of Flip-
Flops; Ripple(asynchronous) counters; Up Down and Mod-N ripple counters; Design of Synchronous
Counter Using State Diagrams and State Table; BCD Counters; Modulo-N Counter; Up Down Counter;
Ring counter; Johnson Counter, Sequence Generators, ADC and DAC.



Unit-4 15 Hours

Embedded Microcontroller and Application
Introduction to PLC, Microprocessor and Microcontroller, 8051 family microcontrollers, hardware
architecture, input/output pins, I/O ports and circuits, on chip ram ,general purpose registers
,special function ,addressing modes, data move instructions, arithmetic and logical instructions,
jump, loop and call instructions, concepts of subroutines

Timers-counters, Concepts of interrupts Microcontroller programming - Assembly Language
Programming, timer and counter programming, connection to RS 232, Interrupt programming, ADC/
DAC interfacing, Waveform generation, speed control of DC motor, Stepper motor control.

Text Book:
Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory by Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky [Ninth Edition]
A. K. Sawhney, Electrical and electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai & co.,
17th Edition.
M. Mazidi and others, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, PRENTICE Hall Of India,
3
rd
edition

Reference Books:
Integrated Electronics By Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Electronics Devices by Floyd , Pearson Publication [Seventh edition]
Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.

Course Code: EE 231 Course Title: Basic Electronics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practicals : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

159 | P a g e

Course Outline
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Study of Diode Characteristics,
Study of BJT Characteristics,
Study of FET Characteristics,
Study of CE Amplifier,
Study of CB Amplifier,
Study of, CC Amplifier,
Study of Diode Clipper Circuits,
Study of Diode Clamper Circuits,
Study Single Phase Half bridge Diode rectifier
Study Single Phase Full bridge Diode rectifier

Reference Books:
Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Floyd, Electronics Devices, Pearson Publication, Seventh edition
Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Ninth Edition.

Course Code: ME 205
Course Title: Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2013-14
Semester : Fourth
Level : B. Tech II

Course Outline
Unit 1: Mechanism & Machines: (3+6= 9hours)
Terminology and Definitions, Mechanism & Machines. rigid and resistance body, Links, frame,
Kinematic pair, Types of motion, degrees of freedom, classification of Kinematic pairs, Kinematic
Chain & its types, Linkage, Grashoffs Criterion Mechanics, Kinematic Inversion of Single and Double
slider crank Chain, Four bar Chain Mechanism with lower pairs, Straight line mechanism and
approximate straight line mechanism such as Paucellier, Harts mechanism, Watt, ModifiedScott-
Russel, Grasshoper, Roberts mechanism, Hookes Joint its analysis, condition for equal speed of
driven and driver shafts, Double Hooks Joint, Quick return mechanisms, Steering gear mechanisms
such as Davis and Ackermann Steering gear.
Kinematics:
Displacement, velocity and acceleration and analysis in simple mechanisms, Graphical Method
velocity and acceleration polygons, Instantaneous Centre of Velocity, Kennedy Theorem, Angular
velocity ratio theorem, Kinematic Analysis of Mechanism like Slider Crank Mechanism, Four-Bar
Mechanism
Unit 2: Belts, Ropes, Chains: ( 6 hours)
Introduction, belt and ropes drives, selection of belt drive, types of belt drives,V-belts, materials
used for belt and rope drives, wire rope, Slip and Creep of belt, tensions for flat belt drive, angle of
contact, centrifugal tension, maximum tension of belt, Chains, Classification, length, angular speed
ratio, classification of chains.
Unit 3: Gears & Gear Trains: (7 hours)
160 | P a g e

Introduction, Classification of Gears, Gear Terminology, Law of Gearing, Velocity of Sliding, Forms of
teeth, Cyclodial Profile Teeth, Both of Contact, Arc of the contact, Numbers of pairs teeth in contact,
Interference in involutes gears, Minimum Number of teeth, Interference between Rack and Pinion,
Under cutting, Comparison of Cyclodial and involutes tooth forms, Efficiency of Helical, Spiral,
Worm, Worm Gear, and Bevel Gears. Simple, Compound, Reverted, Epicyclic gear trains.
Cams: (6 hours)
Introduction, Definitions of cam and followers their uses, Types of Cams,Types of Followers and their
motion, Cam Terminology, Displacement Diagrams, Motion of the Followers, Analysis of motion of
followers : Roller follower, circular cam with straight, concave and convex ,flanks Graphical
Construction of the Profile.
Unit: 4 Synthesis of linkages (4 hours)
Kinematic synthesis, Function generation, Path generation, Motion generation, Graphical synthesis,
Precision positions, Structural error and chebychev spacing.
Unit : 5 Gyroscope (5 hours)
Concept of gyroscope, Angular acceleration, Gyroscopic effects in ships, Airplanes, Stability of two
wheeled vehicle, gyroscopic analysis of inclined rotating discs
Unit: 6 Flywheel (5 hours)
Function, construction, Flywheels rim and dimensions, Operation of flywheel in a punching
machine, Turning moment diagram, Fluctuation of energy and fluctuation of speed of crank shaft,
Coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed.
Text Books:
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi

Reference Books:
Rao J.S. and Dukkipati R.V: Mechanisms and theory Machines theory, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mabie H.H and Ocvirk, F.W: Kinematic and Dynamics of Machinery,3
rd
Edition ,John wiley and sons.
Shigley, J.E and Uicker, J.J: Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Oxford University Press
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

FIFTH SEMESTER
Course Code: Course Title: Kinetics & Dynamics of Machines - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III
161 | P a g e


Course Outline
Unit 1: Governors: (6 hours)
Introduction, Function and types of governors, Centrifugal governors, Watt governor, Porter
governor, Proell governor, Hartnell governor, characteristics of governor- stability, Sensitivity,
isochronism, Hunting controlling forces and stability, Effort and power of governor, Inertia governor
Unit 2: Inertia forces in reciprocating parts: (6 hours)
Introduction, D Albertss Principle, Effect of number of forces on a rigid, Velocity and acceleration
of the piston, Forces on the reciprocating parts of an engine considering friction and inertia of
moving parts- piston effort, force acting along connecting rod, Thrust on sides of cylinder walls,
Crank effort, Thrust on crank shaft, Dynamically equivalent systems, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar
suspension.
Unit 3: Balancing (12 hours)
Need for balancing, Static balance, balancing of rotating masses in same and different planes,
Dynamic balancing, balancing of reciprocating masses, Balancing of locomotives, Partial balancing of
locomotives, swaying couple, hammer blow, variation in tractive effort, Balancing of multi cylinder in
line engines, direct and reverse crank concept.
Unit: 4 Mechanical Vibrations (18 hours)
Introduction, Degree of freedom, Types of vibrations, uses effects and remedy; free natural
vibrations, Damped vibrations; under damped, critically damped and over damped systems, Forced
vibrations with and without damping in single degree of freedom, rotating and reciprocating
unbalance, base excitations, Longitudinal and Transverse Vibrations, whirling of shaft with a single
disc with and without damping, Dunkerley's method for simply supported beams, Torsional
vibrations, torsionally equivalent system, stepped shafts Vibration measuring instruments,
vibrometer, accelerometer and frequency measuring instruments.
Text Books:
Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee
Reference Books:
Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication
Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune
Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: Course Title: Kinematics and Dynamics Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical : 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : fifth
Level : B. Tech III
162 | P a g e


Course Outline

To study and Observe the gyroscopic effect of a rotating disc
To balance the masses statically and dynamically of a single rotating mass system
To observation of effect of unbalance in a rotating mass system
Display of various modes of whirl for a shaft with
(a) both end fixed (b) one end fix and one end free (c) both end directionally free
Modes of vibration can be studied and frequency can be measured in each case
To study the effect of varying the initial spring compression in Hartnell Governor
To study the effect of varying the mass of the center sleeve in Porter and Proell
Governor
To study the determination of characteristics curves of radius of rotation against
controlling force (Actual & Theoretical) for all governors
To verify the relation of simple pendulum
To verify the relation of compound pendulum & to determine the radius of gyration
To study radius of gyration of bi-filar suspension
To study the undamped free vibration of spring mass system
To study the longitudinal vibration of helical coiled spring
To study Undamped torsional vibrations of single rotor system
To study Undamped torsional vibrations of double rotor system
Verification of Dunkerley's Rule

Text Books:

Theory Of Machines & Mechanisms by P.L.Ballaney , Khanna Publishers, Delhi
Mechanical Vibrations by G.K.Groover & A.K.Nigam, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee


Reference Books:

Mechanical Vibrations By Shrikant Bhave, Pearson Publication
Dynamics Of Machines by F. Haidery , Nirali Prakashan, Pune
Theory of Machines by Dr. Sadhu Singh Pearson Education
Rattan S.S.: Theory of Machines Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME- 308 Course Title: Machine Design - II
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 1.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2012-13
Semester : Six
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Design Considerations: (3 Hours)
163 | P a g e

Manufacturing and assembly considerations, Design of components for casting, Welding, Forging,
hot and cold working, machining, Welding etc. Thermal considerations, Wear considerations in
design, Contact Stresses, Standardization and preferred numbers.
Unit: 2 Design of springs: (8 hours)
Classification, spring materials and its selection, Wahls' factor and its use in design of spring,
cylindrical helical spring with axial loading, buckling of compression spring, Design of compression
spring, design of leaf spring.
Unit 3: Design of Pressure Vessels (9 hours)
Classification of pressure vessels, Design of thick cylindrical and spherical shells subjected to internal
pressure and external pressure, Compound cylinders subjected to internal and external pressure.
Unit 4: Design of clutches and brakes (7 hours)
Function , Classification, Material selection, Design of positive clutches, Friction clutches -cone,
single, Multiple and centrifugal clutches, Design of band brake, External and internal shoe brakes,
Internal expanding shoe brakes, Design of disc brakes.
Unit 5: Design of sliding and Journal bearing (8 hours)
Method of lubrication, Hydrodynamic, Hydrostatic, boundary, etc., Minimum film thickness and
thermal equilibrium, Selection of anti-friction bearings for different loads and load cycles, Design of
thrust bearing, Rolling contact bearing, Ball bearing, Rolling contact bearing under variable loading,
Mounting of the bearings, Method of lubrication, Selection of oil seals.
Unit 6: Power Transmissions Elements (6 hours)
Transmission of power by Belt and Rope drives, Transmission efficiencies, Design of Belts Flat and V
types, Design of Ropes, pulleys for belt and rope drives, Materials, Design of Chain drives and wire
rope.
Text Books:
Design of Machine Elements by V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Dr. Sadhu Singh, Machine Design, Khanna Pub.2009

Reference Books:
Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., Fundamentals of Machine Elements, McGraw- Hill Book Co.
Machine Design by U.C. Jindal Pearson Education.
Mechanical System Design by Farazdak haideri Nirali Prakashan

Design Data Handbook: PSG Design Data Handbook is permitted.
Course Code: ME
Course Title: Manufacturing Technology - 2
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hour per Week
Practicals:Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals : 1.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Unit 1:
164 | P a g e

Metal forming (12 hours)
Elastic and plastic deformation, Concept of strain hardening.
Hot and cold working processes - rolling, forging, extrusion, swaging, wire and tube drawing.
Machines and equipment for the processes.
Unit 2
Sheet Metal working (8 hours)
Applications of sheet formed products.
Shearing mechanism, Processes like blanking, piercing, punching, trimming, etc. Forming
processes like bending, cup drawing, coining, embossing, etc.
Presses for sheet metal working; Part feeding systems; Elements of die; punch and die
clearances; Progressive, compound and combination dies.
High energy rate forming processes.
Unit 3
Metal casting (11 hours)
Introduction: Brief History, Advantages and Limitations, Applications
Patterns: Pattern materials, allowances, types of pattern, color code scheme
Sand Casting: Green and dry sand casting process, types of sand, molding sand and its
properties, molding sand composition.
Cores: Use, core material, types of cores, advantages and limitations, core prints, chaplets
Gating and Risering System: Element of gating systems, types of gates, Riser design
considerations
Special Molding Processes: Carbon dioxide molding process, Investment casting process, Die
casting process, shell molding process, Full molding process, Vacuum-Sealed casting process
Casting defects: Causes and remedies of defects such as blowholes, pinholes, blisters, hot
tears, cold shut, metal penetration.
Unit 4:
Welding and allied Processes (11 hours)
Introduction: Principle of welding, Applications, Classification of welding processes
Manual metal arc(MMA) or shielded metal arc (SMA) welding: Equipment requirement,
electrodes, coating constituents and their functions, types of coatings; current and voltage
selection for electrodes.
Submerged arc welding (SAW): Process details, consumables such as fluxes and wires for
welding and field of applications.
Gas metal arc welding (GMAW) or MIG/MAG welding: Process details, shielding gases,
electrode wires, their sizes, and welding current ranges.
TIG welding: Process details, power sources requirements, electrode sizes and materials,
current carrying capacities of different electrodes, shielding gases, application of process.
Resistance welding: General principle of heat generation in resistance welding, application
of resistance welding processes. Process details and working principle of spot, seam, and.
projection welding, electrode materials, shapes of electrodes, electrode cooling, selection of
welding currents, voltages.
Brazing, braze welding and soldering
Welding defects and its remedies.

Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding (Volume - 1) 4
th
Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education
Reference books:
165 | P a g e

Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)
Little, L. Richard.Welding and Welding Technology 1st Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2001)
Kumar, Surender. Technology of Metal Forming Processes. PHI Learning Private Limited (2008)
Khanna, O. P. Foundry Technology, 15th Edition. Dhanpat Rai Publications (2011)

Course Code: ME Course Title: Manufacturing Technology 2 Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 0 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hour per Week
Practicals: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Study of various welding joints and symbols
Study of Manual metal arc welding
Study of Metal inert gas welding
Study of Tungsten Inert gas welding
Study of Submerge metal arc welding
Study of oxy acetylene welding and cutting
Study of resistance spot welding
Study of punching, blanking, deep drawing
Study of Electro discharge machining.
Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
Rao, P N. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, forming and welding (Volume - 1) 4
th
Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education

Reference books
Sharma, P. C.A Textbook of Production Engineering, 7
th
Edition, S. Chand Publisher (2008)
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)
Little, L. Richard.Welding and Welding Technology 1st Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education (2001)
Kumar, Surender. Technology of Metal Forming Processes. PHI Learning Private Limited (2008)
Khanna, O. P. Foundry Technology, 15th Edition. Dhanpat Rai Publications (2011)

Course Code: Course Title: Environmental Science
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hour per Week
Practical: ----
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 2.0 credits
Practical : ---
Total Credits : 2.0 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III
Course Outline

Unit -1 Environmental Problems, waste water treatment 7 hours
166 | P a g e

Unit 2 7 hours
Industrial waste water treatment, nuclear waste water treatment, power plant waste water
treatment.
Unit 3 7 hours
Solid waste management, E-waste, production of waste and disposal of waste, incineration, land
filling.
Unit 4 7 hours
AIr pollution & Health: Types of air pollutants, Impact on human health, Air quality guidelines in
protecting public health- global climate change and its effect.
Text Books:
Air pollution : M.N.Rao & H.V.N.Roa
Water supply and sanitary Engineering: G.S.Birdi.
Waste Water supply engineering : S.K.Garg
Waste Water supply engineering : B.C.Punamia

Reference Books:
Waste-water engineering treatment, disposal: Metcalf & Eddy
Water supply and sanitary Engineering: Peavy

Course Code: ME Course Title: Heat and Mass Transfer
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1 hours per
Week
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : First
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1 16 hours
Introduction to Heat Transfer: Modes of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation,
Conduction Heat Transfer: Fouriers law of heat conduction and thermal conductivity, General
unsteady three dimensional heat conduction equation with heat generation - in Cartesian
coordinates, cylindrical co-ordinates and spherical co-ordinates. thermal diffusitivity, Reduction
of general equation for various cases of unsteady and steady heat conduction with and without
heat generation.
Steady State Heat Conduction: One dimensional steady state heat conduction through simple
or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical walls with uniform non-uniform thermal
conductivity without heat generation, Thermal contact resistance, one dimensional steady state,
heat conduction in plane, cylindrical and spherical bodies with heat generation.
Heat transfer between fluids separated by simple or composite plane, cylindrical and spherical
walls, Overall heat transfer co-efficient, heat insulation, materials for heat insulation, critical
thickness of insulation on cylindrical and spherical systems, extended surfaces- Fins, types of
fins, heat transfer from straight fin of uniform cross section, effectiveness and efficiency of fins.

167 | P a g e

Unsteady State Heat Conduction: Unsteady state heat conduction process, Heating or cooling
with known temperature distribution, unsteady state system with negligible internal thermal
resistance (Lumped heat capacity analysis). Transient heat conduction in bodies with finite
internal and surface resistance.

Unit 2 16 hours
Introduction to Convection Heat Transfer: Mechanism of convection, free and forced
convection, Film theory and Newtons law of cooling,

Forced Convection Heat Transfer: Laminar and turbulent flows of incompressible fluid over flat
surface with forced convection heat transfer - hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer,
Blasius exact solution and Kroujiline approximate solutions - Similarity solutions of mass,
momentum and energy equation of boundary layer - dimensionless numbers, Experimental
results and correlation for forced convection. Reynolds analogy between friction and heat
transfer.

Forced convection heat transfer through stationary horizontal tubes: laminar flow analysis
hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer, constant heat flux and constant temperature
boundary conditions. Turbulent flow heat transfer through tubes - Experimental based
correlations.

Basic theory of condensation and boiling.

Unit 3 12 hours
Radiation Heat Transfer:
Elements of radiant energy propagation: : Electromagnetic spectrum and thermal radiation,
Absorptivity, Reflectivity and Transitivity, Black, white, transparent and opaque bodies, specular
diffuse reflection, Emissive power, Monochromatic emissive power, Plancks law Wiens
displacement law, Stefan-Boltzmann's law, Emissivity, Monochromatic emissivity, Gray Body,
Kirchoffs law, solid angle and radiation intensity, Lamberts cosine law.
Radiation exchange between surfaces: heat exchange by radiation between two infinite
parallel surfaces, two infinitely long concentric cylinders, and two concentric spheres, Heat
exchange by radiation between two finite surfaces, shape factor and its properties, Radiation
shields.
Unit 4 12 hours
Heat Exchangers:
Types of heat exchangers, LMTD method for parallel and counter-flow heat exchangers, Mean
temperature difference for cross flow, Heat exchanger effectiveness, Effectiveness-NTU method,
fouling factor, Heat exchanger design considerations.
Elements of Mass Transfer:
Mass transfer process, classification of mass transfer operations, Molecular diffusion, Ficks law
of diffusion, Molecular diffusion in solids, liquids and gases, Diffusion in binary gas mixtures,
168 | P a g e

Equi-molar counter diffusion in gases, Analogy between transport phenomena, Momentum,
Heat and Mass Transfer. Mass transfer correlations.
Text Books:

Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons,
6
th
Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Kothandaraman, C. P., Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer, 4
th
ed., New Age International
Publishers, 2012
Dutta, B. K, Heat Transfer Principles and Applications, Prentice Hall of India P. ltd., 2007


Reference Books:
Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., Heat Transfer , 2
nd
Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989
Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, Heat & Mass Transfer,2
nd
Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011
Goshdastidar, P. S., Heat Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012
Rathore, M.M., Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006
Kumar, D. S., Heat & Mass Transfer, 6
th
revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001
Rajput, R.K, Heat & Mass Transfer, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010

Course Code: ME Course Title: Heat and Mass Transfer Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: ---
Tutorials: ---
Practical: 3 hours per week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : ---
Practical : -
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Experiments

Determination of heat transfer rate through composite solid wall
Determination of thermal conductivity of insulating powder
Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal rod
Determination of rate of heat transfer under unsteady state condition
Determination of heat transfer rate , fin efficiency and temperature distribution along the
length of a pin fin under forced and free convection boundary condition
Determination of heat transfer coefficient during forced convection heat transfer.
Determination of heat transfer coefficient during free convection heat transfer.
Determination of emissivity of a surface
Performance evaluation of parallel and counter-flow tube-in-tube heat exchangers
Performance evaluation of shell and tube surface condenser

Text Books:

Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons, 6
th

Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Kothandaraman, C. P., Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer, 4
th
ed., New Age International
Publishers, 2012
Dutta, B. K, Heat Transfer Principles and Applications, Prentice Hall of India P. ltd., 2007


Reference Books:
Karlekar, B. V. & Desmond, R. M., Heat Transfer , 2
nd
Ed., Prentice hall of India P. Ltd.,1989
Rudraswamy, R & Mayilsamy, Heat & Mass Transfer,2
nd
Ed., Pearson, N. Delhi, 2011
Goshdastidar, P. S., Heat Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Oxford University Press, 2012
169 | P a g e

Rathore, M.M., Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer, 2
nd
Ed., Lakxmi Pub., N. Delhi, 2006
Kumar, D. S., Heat & Mass Transfer, 6
th
revised, S.K. Kataria & Sons, Delhi, 2001
Rajput, R.K, Heat & Mass Transfer, Reprint, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2010

Course Code:
Course Title: HSSM Elective -1 Research Methodology
Course Structure:
Lectures: 2 Hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 Credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE: To develop:
an understanding of knowledge in research
understanding about various paradigms of research
competence to conduct research independently
capacity to of research writing
ethical dimensions in research
Course Outline
Unit 1: Designing of Research
- Research and its types
- Identification and Problem formulation
- Experimental research
- Review of literature

Unit 2: Research Methodology
- Research aims and hypothesis
- Sampling
- Data collection
- Tools and techniques
- Reliability and validity of tools
Unit 3: Analysis and Interpretation
- Data checking
- Data Analysis
- Interpretation of results
- Guidelines in Interpretations
- Use of computer technology in analysis
Unit 4: Scientific Writing and Ethics in Research
- Writing the research report
- Writing of papers and synopsis
- Reference writing
- Importance of Ethics in Research
- Integrity in Research

170 | P a g e

References:
Abdul Rahim, R. (1996). Thesis Writing: A Manual for Researchers. New Age International (P) Ltd., New
Delhi
Cocharan, W.G. (1963). Sampling Techniques, 2
nd
edn. John Wiley and Sons, New York
Dan J. (1998). Technical Writing Style. Pearson Education Company, Massachusetts.
Ganesan, R. (2011). Research Methodology for Engineers, MJP publishers, New Delhi.
Gay L.R. (1996). Educational Research: Competencies for Analysis and Applications, 5
th
edn., Prentice Hall,
Inc., New Jersey.
Kothari C.R. (22004). Research methodolgu Method and Techniques, 2
nd
edn., New Age International
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
Mangal S.K., S. Mangal (2013). Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences,PHI Learning Private Ltd.
New Delhi.


SIXTH SEMESTER

Course Code:
Course Title: Vibration Engineering
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : .3 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Damped and Undamped Vibration Systems: (6+7)
UNDAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree of freedom systems. Mass Undamped free vibration-
natural frequency of free vibration, stiffness of spring elements, effect of mass of spring, Compound
Pendulum.
DAMPED FREE VIBRATIONS: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of
critical damping and its importance, study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of under
damping, critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement.
Unit 2: Damped and Undamped Forced Vibration: (6 Hr)
Single degree freedom systems, steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic force.
Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance, vibration isolation-
transmissibility ratio. Due to harmonic exitation and support motion.
Unit 3: Vibration Measuring Instruments & Whirling Of Shafts: (6 Hr)
Vibrometer meter and accelerometer. Whirling of shafts with and without air damping. Discussion of
speeds above and below critical speeds.
Unit: 4 Systems With Two Degrees Of Freedom: (6 Hr)
Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, co-ordinate coupling, generalized and
principal co-ordinates, Free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Geared systems. Forced
Oscillations-Harmonic excitation.
171 | P a g e

Applications: a) Vehicle suspension. b) Dynamic vibration absorber. c) Dynamics of
reciprocating Engines
Unit: 5 Continuous Systems: (6 Hr)
Introduction, vibration of string, longitudinal vibration of rods, Torsional vibration of rods, Eulers
equation for beams.
Unit: 6 Numerical Methods for Multi Degree Freedom Systems (6 Hr)
Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Dunkerleys equation.
Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration-Method of determination of all the
natural frequencies using sweeping matrix and Orthogonality principle. Holzers method, Stodola
method.
Text Books:
Theory Of Machines by V.P.Singh, Dhanpatrai Pub., Delhi
Theory of Vibration with Applications: W.T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson Education 5
th

edition, 2007.
Reference Books:
Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4
th
Edition, 2003
Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaums Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian
edition, 2007.
Theory & Practice of Mechanical vibrations: J.S. Rao & K. Gupta, New Age International Publications,
New Delhi, 2001.
Elements of Vibrations Analysis: Leonanrd Meirovitch, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian edition, 2007
Green, W.G: Theory of Machines, 2nd Edition, Blackie, London, 1992.
Hollowenko, A.R: Dynamics of Machinery, John wiley and sons. Inc. New York
Wilson, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education

Course Code: ME Course Title: Elective-I Non-Conventional Energy Sources
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Unit 1 08 hours
Primary & Alternative Energy Sources:
Primary sources of energy Fossil fuels: solid, liquid and gaseous as primary source of energy
global reserves of commercial energy resources; world over in general and India in particular
consumption pattern of fossil fuels demand forecast future trends energy scene energy
options for future from hydroelectric, nuclear and solar sources. Need for alternative energy
sources
Bio-Gas Options:
Basic principles and constructional details of bio-gas plants, bio-gas for power generation, potential as
alternative energy in India
Unit 2 12 hours
172 | P a g e

Direct Solar Thermal Options:
Solar insolation solar radiation terrestrial and extra terrestrial radiation flux solar constant
solar instruments like pyranometer, pyrheliometer, sunshine recorder. Principle and
constructional features of solar flat plate collectors and concentrating collectors, energy loss in
collection systems and means of minimizing.
Direct solar thermal devices like solar water heater, solar air heater, solar still and solar
refrigeration system.
Unit 3 12 hours
Energy from Earth:
Geothermal energy, geothermal field and sources, electrical power generation from geothermal
energy, vapour dominated and liquid dominated systems, hybrid plants, power generation
potential of geothermal energy, world over and in India.
Energy from Ocean:
Ocean thermal energy, tidal energy and wave energy
Ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) systems, principle, site selection, methods of power
generation: Claude open cycle, Anderson closed cycle, Hybrid cycle, prospects, limitations,
potential for India.
Tidal energy conversion systems, principle, methods of power generation, single basin, double
basin systems, components of tidal power plant, theoretical power of single basin system,
prospects of tidal energy systems, India in general and Gujarat in particular, limitations.
Wave energy conversion systems, principles, theoretical power, and simple wave energy
systems.
Unit 4 10 hours
Energy from Wind:
Basic principles, wind data, site selection considerations, types: Horizontal axis wind energy
conversion machine and vertical axis wind energy conversion machine, constructional details,
design considerations, application of wind energy systems, prospects of wind farming, India in
general and Gujarat in particular.
Text Books:
Mittal, K.M., Non-conventional Energy Sources Principles, Progress & Prospects, Wheeler Publishing,
N. Delhi, 1997
Sukhatme, S. P., Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Tata McGraw Hill, N.
Delhi, 2007
Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A.D., Renewable Energy Sources, ELBS, 2000
Rao, S and Parulekar, B.B., Energy Technology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1997

Reference Books:
Duffie, J.A and Beckman, W. A, Solar Energy for Thermal Process, John Wiley & Sons, 2002
Kreith and Kreider, Hand Book of Solar Energy, Mc Graw Hill New York, 1980.
Tiwari, G.N. and Suneja, Solar Thermal Engg, Systems, Narosa Pub. House, N Delhi, 1997

173 | P a g e

Course Code: ME Course Title: Elective I Thermal Design of Heat Exchangers
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Second
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1 08 hours

Review of principles of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation problems, thermal
resistances, convection correlations, radiation thermal network analysis.
Introduction to heat exchangers, classification of heat exchangers, single phase and two phase heat
exchangers, co-current, counter current and cross flow heat exchangers, basic design of simple tube-
in-tube single phase heat exchangers through logarithmic mean temperature difference method and
number of transfer unit method, thermal design of double pipe heat exchangers.

Unit 2 14 hours
Shell & Tube heat exchangers, TEMA nomenclature and classification, conventional design methods,
Tinker method, J factors, Bell-Delaware method, Condenser classification, thermal design for surface
condensers, evaporator design.
Unit 3 12 hours
Compact heat exchangers, design methods of automobile radiators, plate type heat exchangers,
thermal design of regenerative heat exchangers.
Unit 4 08 hours
Thermal analysis and design of furnace.
Text Books:
Dewitt, D. P. & Incorpera, Frank P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley &Sons, 6
th

Edition,2008
Holman, J. P, Heat Transfer, 8
th
ed., Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2006
Saunders, E.A.D, Heat Exchangers, Selection, Design and Construction, Longman Scientific and
Technical N.Y., 2001
Kays, V.A. & London, A.L., Compact Heat Exchangers, Mc Graw Hill 2002

Reference Books:

Holger Martin, Heat Exchangers, Hemi-sphere Publishing Corporation, Washington, 2001
Kuppan, T., Heat Exchanger Design Hand Book, Macel Decker Inc., N.Y., 2000
Seikan Ishiga, Steam Power Engineering, Thermal and Hydraulic Design Principles, Cambridge
University Press, 2001.
Shah, R.K., Heat Exchangers, thermal and hydraulic design, Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2006




174 | P a g e

Course Code: ME Course Title: Energy Conversion - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: -
Practical:-
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practical : -
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1 10 hours

Thermodynamic cycles of I.C. engines: Otto cycle, diesel cycle, dual combustion cycle, air
standard efficiency, four stroke cycle engines, valve timing diagrams, two stroke cycle engines,
port timing diagram, spark ignition and compression ignition engines.

Fuels and Combustion Phenomena in I.C. Engines:
Normal combustion in S. I. and C. I. Engines, abnormal combustion in S. I. And C. I. Engines,
Effects of working parameters on knocking. Effect of knocking on engine performance,
Reduction of knocking, Forms of combustion chamber of S.I. and C.I. engines and their relative
merits and demerits. Rating of fuels, Additives.

Unit 2 10 hours

Types of I. C. Engines:
Stationary, vehicular, locomotive, marine and aircraft engines, Inline, V, opposed cylinder,
opposed piston and radial engines, single acting and double acting engines, Rotary piston
engines, Free piston engine, Naturally aspirated and supercharged engines
.System of I. C. Engines:
Fuel system, Governing system, Lubricants, lubricating system, cooling system.
Thermal Performance of I. C. engines:
Powers, mechanical efficiency, mean effective pressure, torque, specific fuel consumption,
thermal efficiency, heat balance test, engine performance curves
Exhaust, smoke and other emissions:
Various constituents of exhaust gas emission and control

Unit 3 14 hours
Refrigeration and Air- conditioning:
Refrigeration and air conditioning applications, units of refrigeration, coefficient of performance,
Types of refrigeration system, air refrigeration, Bell- Coleman cycle and aircraft cooling, Vapour
compression refrigeration and its analysis with the help of tables and p-h charts, vapour
absorption refrigeration system, Desirable properties of a refrigerant (ideal refrigerant),
common refrigerants.
Objectives and parameters of air conditioning, Psychometric properties of moist air,
psychrometer, psychometric charts and tables, Basic psychometric processes and their analysis
with the aid of charts and tables.
175 | P a g e


Unit 4 08 hours

Reciprocating Air Compressor:
Single stage and multistage perfect and imperfect inter-cooling. Effect of clearance- Isothermal
efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Rating of compressors.
Rotary compressor:
Classification, displacement compressors, root type, vane type, screw type etc.

Text Books:

Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006
Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007
Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004
Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

Reference Books:

Heywood, B., Inetrnal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill, Singapore, 2002
Mathur, M.L., & Sharma R.P., A Course In I.C. Engines, Dhanpatrai & Sons, 1992
Shyam Agarwal, Internal Combustion Engines, New Age India Ltd., 2006
Threlkeld, J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall , 2002
Stoecker, W., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004
Dossat, R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley & Sons, 2000

Course Code: ME Course Title: Energy Conversion I Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures:
Tutorials: -
Practical:- 3 hours per
Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory :
Practical : 1.5 credits
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction : 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
List of Experiment:
Performance evaluation single cylinder petrol engine
Performance evaluation single cylinder diesel engine
Morse test on multi-cylinder I C engine
Determination of flash and fire point of a fuel
Determination of calorific value of gaseous fuel
Determination of calorific value of liquid fuel
Performance evaluation of a vapour compression refrigeration system
Performance evaluation of air-conditioning system
Performance evaluation of an evaporative cooling system
Performance evaluation of a vapour absorption refrigeration system
Experimental study of psychrometric processes

Text Books:

Gupta, H.N., Fundamentals of I.C. Engines, Prentice Hall, 2006
Ganeshan, V., Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Pub., 2007
Arora, C.P., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill Pub., 2004
Ananthanarayanan, P.N, Basic refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tat Mc Graw Hill, 2005

176 | P a g e

Reference Books:

Heywood, B., Inetrnal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill, Singapore, 2002
Mathur, M.L., & Sharma R.P., A Course In I.C. Engines, Dhanpatrai & Sons, 1992
Shyam Agarwal, Internal Combustion Engines, New Age India Ltd., 2006
Threlkeld, J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall , 2002
Stoecker, W., Refrigeration & Airconditioning, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004
Dossat, R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley & Sons, 2000


Course Code: ME Course Title: Industrial Engineering operations Research
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 1
Practicals: -
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 4.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 4.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: Industrial Engineering (8 hours)
Taylors scientific management, Gilbreths contributions; productivity concepts and
measurements; method study, micro-motion study, principles of motion economy; work
measurement stop watch time study, work sampling, standard data, pre-determined motion time
standards (PMTS), Principles of Plant layout and Types

Unit 2 : production Planning and Control (10 hours)
Types of production systems and their characteristics functions and objectives of P.P.C.
Forecasting techniques causal and time series models, moving average, exponential smoothing,
trend and seasonality
Aggregate production planning; master production scheduling; MRP and MRP-II; order control and
flow control; routing, scheduling and priority dispatching, sequencing, assembly line balancing

Unit 3: Inventory Control (4 hours)
Inventory functions, costs, classifications, deterministic and probabilistic inventory models,
quantity discount; perpetual and periodic inventory control systems.

Unit 4: Operation Research (20 hours)
Linear programming problem formulation, simplex method, duality and sensitivity analysis;
transportation and assignment models; network flow models; simple queuing models; PERT and
CPM, time-cost trade-off, resource leveling

Text Books:
N.V.S.Raju, Industrial Engineering and Management, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning (2013)
Hamdy A. Taha Operations Research: An Introduction. DORLING KINDERSLEY (RS) (2012)
N. D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
(2009)
Sarin, R. K & Buffa, E.S, Modern Production/Operations Management, 8th Edition, Wiley India Pvt
Ltd (2011)

Reference Books:
177 | P a g e

Chary, S. N, Production and Operations Management, 5th Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill (2012)
Billington Peter J., Narasimhan Setharama L., Mcleavey Dennis W., Production Planning and
Inventory Control, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall (2009)
J K Sharma, Operations Research: Theory and Applications, 5th Edition, Macmillan (2013)
Mertand. T Telsang, Industrial Engineering and Production Management, 2nd Edition, S. Chand
(2006)


Course Code: ME- 303 Course Title: Machine Design - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Academic Year : 2012-13
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit: 1 Design of Gears and Gear Boxes (19 hours)
Spur Gears:
Gear Terminology, Speed ratios and number of teeth, Force analysis, Tooth stresses, Dynamic
effects, Fatigue strength, Factor of safety, Gear materials, Module and Face Width-power rating
calculations based on strength and wear considerations.
Parallel axis Helical Gears:
Pressure angle in the normal and transverse plane, Equivalent number of teeth-forces And stresses.
Estimating the size of the helical gears.
Bevel and worm Gear:
Straight and spiral bevel gear: Tooth terminology, tooth forces and stresses, equivalent Number of
teeth. Estimating the dimensions of pair of straight and spiral bevel gears. Worm Gear: Terminology,
forces and stresses, efficiency, estimating the size of the worm gear pair.
Design of Gear Boxes:
Geometric progression - Standard step ratio - Ray diagram, kinematics layout Design of sliding
mesh gear box -Constant mesh gear box, Design of multi speed gear box.
Unit: 2 Design of I.C Engine Components (14hours)
Selection of type, general design consideration, design of cylinder, cylinder liner, Cylinder head,
pistons, connecting rod, crank shaft, valves gears mechanism, and flywheel.
Unit 3 Design Of Material Handling Equipments: (12hours)
Introduction: material handling equipments, classification and their selection. Concept of material
handling system design.
Lifting Equipments: classification and selection and design of hooks, sheaves, drums and grab
buckets. Classification of cranes, construction working of different types of conveyors, feeders and
elevators.
178 | P a g e

Conveying equipments: classification construction and working of different types of conveyors,
feeders and elevators. Design of belt conveyors, screw conveyors and vibratory conveyors.
USE OF PSG DESIGN DATA BOOK IS PERMITTED IN EXAM
Text Books:
Bhandari, V.B., Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 1994.
P.C.Sharma & D.K. Agrawal Machine Design S.K.Kataria & Sons, 2010
Dr. Sadhu Singh, Machine Design, Khanna Pub.2009
M.P. Alexandrov, Material handling equipments, MIR publishers.
N. Rudenko, Material handling equipments, MIR publishers.

Reference Books:
Maitra G.M., Prasad L.V., Hand book of Mechanical Design, II Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,1985
Spivakovskii, Conveyors and related equipments. MIR publishers.
J.M. Apple, Plant Layout and Material Handling, john Wiley & sons, 1997.
Shigley J.E and Mischke C. R., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw-Hill International Editions,
1989
Norton R.L, Design of Machinery, McGraw-Hill Book co, 2004.
Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B., Schmid S.R., Fundamentals of Machine Elements, McGraw- Hill Book Co.,


Course Code: ME Course Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: Nil
Practicals: 0 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: (8 hours)
Introduction to Metrology & Quality control.
Meaning, Necessity and Objectives of Metrology; Standards of Measurement; Elements of
Measuring System; Methods of Measurement; Precision and Accuracy; Sources of Errors; Selection
and Care of instruments; Standardizing organizations.
Linear Measurement
Introduction & classification of Linear Measuring Instruments; Least count; Engineers Steel rule;
Callipers; Vernier Calliper: working principle, construction, types & precautions to be taken; Vernier
Height Gauge; Vernier Depth Gauge, Micrometers: principle, construction, Sources of errors and
precautions to be taken, types of micrometers, Miscellaneous linear measuring instruments like bore
gauge, telescopic gauge, slip gauges, Dial indicators: construction & working; comparators;
calibration of various linear measuring instruments; Applications, Advantages & Limitations of
commonly used linear measuring instruments
Unit 2 Limits Fits & Tolerances (10 hours)

Definition of tolerance, specification in assembly, principle of inter changeability and selective
assembly. Concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of
tolerances. Definition of fits, types of fits. Hole basis system and shaft basis system. Classification of
gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor's principles), wear allowance on gauges. Types of
gauges -plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge, gauge materials.

179 | P a g e

Unit 3 Angular & Taper Measurement (12 hours)
Introduction; Working principle & construction of Angular Measuring instruments like Protractors,
Sine bars, Sine centre, Angle gauges, Spirit level, Clinometers, Applications, Advantages & limitations
of commonly used angular measuring instruments; Taper Measuring instruments: Measurement of
taper shafts.
Screw Thread measurement
Introduction & classification of Threads; Elements, Specification & forms of Screw Threads; Various
Methods for measuring elements of External & Internal Screw Thread; Screw Thread Gauges; Errors
in Threads.
Gear Measurement
Introduction & Classification of gears; Forms of gear teeth; Gear tooth terminology; Measurement
and testing of spur gear: Various methods of measuring tooth thickness, tooth profile & pitch; Gear
Errors.
Straightness, Flatness, Squareness & Parallelism
Introduction; Measurement of Straightness, Flatness, Squareness and Parallelism; run out and
concentricity
Unit 4 (12 hours)
Measurement of surface finish
Introduction; Surface Texture; Methods of Measuring Surface finish- Comparison Methods & Direct
Instrument Measurement; Sample Length; Numerical Evaluation of Surface Texture; Indication of
Surface roughness Symbols used; Adverse effects of poor surface finish.
Interferometry
Interferometry & its application
Introduction to CMM
Books
Text Books:
Metrology And Measurement by Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill
Education (2009)
Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)

Reference Books:
Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010
Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill.
Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008)
Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998


Course Code: ME
Course Title: Product measurement & Quality Control - I
Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 0 hours per Week
Tutorials: Nil
Practicals: 3 hour per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Practicals : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Measurement of linear dimensions with venire, micrometer, scale, slip gauge & Tape.
Measurement of angle by sine bar and sine centre.
Measurement of Straightness, flatness, roundness and cylindricity.
Measurement of surface roughness.
Measurement of screw thread parameters.
Measurement of gear tooth.
180 | P a g e

Part Measurement with CMM.
Experiments on limits, fits and tolerance with go no go gauge.
Study and experiment on comparator.
Study and experiment on profile projector.
Measurement of optical surface using interferometer.

Text Books:
Metrology And Measurementby Vinay A Kulkarni, Anand K Bewoor, published by Tata McGraw - Hill
Education (2009)
Engineering Metrology by R. K. Jain, Khanna Publishers (2009)

Reference Books:
Holman, J.P., Experimental Methods for Engineers,Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2010
Industrial instrumentation and control, by S K singh, published by McGrawhill.
Principles of Engineering Metrology 1st Edition by Rega Rajendra, Jaico Publishing House (2008)
Engineering Metrology by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat rai publications (p) Ltd, 1998

Course Code: ME Course Title: System Control
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline

Unit 1: (9 hours)
Introduction to Control Engineering: Definition of control systems, open loop and closed loop
systems. Essence of feedback control systems, servomechanism.
Brief overview of system representation: impulse response model and transfer function model and
block diagram representation.

Unit 2: (12 hours)
Mathematical modeling of electrical and physical systems: transfer function and state variable model
in particular, overall gain determination using block diagram algebra and signals flow graphs.
Concept of stability and the Routh stability criteria. Applications of the Routh Criteria.
Concepts of stability, Routh-Hurwiz stability criterion, relative stability. The root locus technique, use
of construction rules without any derivation. Frequency response analysis, Polar plots, stability in
frequency domain, Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion.

Unit 3: (12 hours)
Proportional control, integral control, derivative control, hydraulic control systems, pumps, fluids,
control valves application and limitations, maintenance of hydraulic systems. Pneumatic systems
constructional details , filter , lubricator ,regulator, constructional features, types of cylinders,
control valves for direction , pressure and flow air hydraulic equipments, general approach to
control system design, symbols and drawings , schematic layout, electro-pneumatic logic circuit ,
pneumatic counters, relays, application and limitations.

Unit: 4 (9 hours)
181 | P a g e

Introduction to Mechatronics: Definition, Mechatronics in manufacturing, products and design.
Comparison between Traditional and Mechatronics approach. Design and fabrication of
Mechatronics systems, Ball screws, linear motion bearings, transfer systems.
Text Book:
J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, Electrical machines Tata McGraw Hill.
B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, Fundamentals of Electrical Machines, New Age International.
K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
B.C. Kuo, Automatic Control systems. Wiley India Ltd.

Reference Books:
Irvin L. Kosow, Electric Machinery and Transformers Prentice Hall of India.
D. Roy Choudhary, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill.

Course Code: ME Course Title: System Control Laboratory
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: 3 hours per Week
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 0.0 credits
Tutorials : 1.5 credit
Total Credits : 1.5 credits
Page : 1 of 1
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Fundamentals of control engineering. Servomechanism, basic actuator and transducer
used in servomechanism. This can include modeling of a servomotor, both ac and dc.
2. Study of various components of Hydraulic control system using Hydraulic Trainer
3. Study of various components of Pneumatic control system using Pneumatic Trainer
4. Basics of PID control.
5. Modeling of electromechanical device may be a dc shunt motor (in machine lab) with
speed characteristics of the motor. Transfer function and implementation in simulink
6. Matlab session: Control System Toolbox and Simulink.
7. Design and fabrication of Mechatronics systems,
Text Book:
J. Nagrath & D. P. Kothari, Electrical machines Tata McGraw Hill.
B.R. Gupta & Vandana Singhal, Fundamentals of Electrical Machines, New Age International.
K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
B.C. Kuo, Automatic Control systems. Wiley India Ltd.
Reference Books:
Irvin L. Kosow, Electric Machinery and Transformers Prentice Hall of India.
D. Roy Choudhary, Modern Control Engineering Prentice Hall of India.
M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill.

Course Code: Course Title: Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week

Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Sixth
Level : B. Tech III
182 | P a g e


Course Outline
Unit 1 (20 hours)
Introduction to Non Conventional Manufacturing Processes
Advanced Machining Processes
Introduction, Process principle, Material removal mechanism, Parametric analysis and applications
of processes such as ultrasonic machining (USM), Abrasive jet machining (AJM), Water jet machining
(WJM), Abrasive water jet machining (AWJM), Electrochemical machining (ECM), Electro discharge
machining (EDM), Electron beam machining (EBM), Laser beam machining (LBM) processes
Unit 2 (8 hours)
Advanced Casting Processes
Metal mould casting, Continuous casting, Squeeze casting, vacuum mould casting, Evaporative
pattern casting, ceramic shell casting
Unit 3 (6 hours)
Advanced Welding Processes
Details of electron beam welding (EBW), laser beam welding (LBW), ultrasonic welding (USW)

Unit 4 (8 hours)
Advanced Metal Forming Processes
Details of high energy rate forming (HERF) process, Electro-magnetic forming, explosive forming,
Electro-hydraulic forming, Stretch forming, Contour roll forming and introduction to rapid
prototyping.

Text Books:
Ghosh, Amitabh and Mallik, Ashok Kumar.Manufacturing Science, 2
nd
Edition, East West Press
(2010)
"Materials and Processes in Manufacturing" (8th Edition), E. P. DeGarmo, J. T Black, R. A. Kohser,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
Reference Books:
"Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes", G.F. Benedict, Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York
Kalpakjian, Serope and Schmid, Steven R.Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 4
th
Edition.
Pearson publications (2002)

Course Code: ME
Course Title: Core Elective -1 Robotics
Course Structure:
Lectures: 3 hours per Week
Tutorials: 0 hours per Week
Practicals: Nil
Evaluation Structure:
Theory : 3.0 credits
Tutorials : 0.0 credit
Total Credits : 3.0 credits
Page : 1 of 2
Year of Introduction: 2014-15
Semester : Fifth
Level : B. Tech III

Course Outline
Unit 1 04 hours
Introduction:- Basic Concepts, Three laws of Robotics, Robot anatomy, Classification, structure of
robots, point to point and continuous path robotic systems. Robot performance- resolution,
accuracy, repeatability, dexterity, compliance, RCC device, Socio economic aspects of robotisation

Unit 2 12 hours
Robot Grippers: - Types of Grippers, Design aspect for gripper, Force analysis for various basic
gripper systems including Mechanical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems.
Robotic Sensors:- Characteristics of sensing devices, Classification, Selection and applications of
sensors. Types of Sensors, Need for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot.
183 | P a g e

Drives:- Types of Drives, Actuators and its selection while designing a robot system. Types of
transmission systems,
Control Systems: - Types of Controllers, Introduction to closed loop control, second order linear
systems and their control, control law of partitioning, trajectory-following control, modeling and
control of a single joint, present industrial robot control systems and introduction to force control.

Unit 3 10 hours
Kinematics :- Transformation matrices and their arithmetic, link and joint description, Denavit -
Hartenberg parameters, frame assignment to links, direct kinematics, kinematics redundancy,
kinematics calibration, inverse kinematics, solvability, algebraic and geometrical methods.
Velocities and Static forces in manipulators: Motion of the manipulator links, Jacobians, singularities,
static forces, Jacobian in force domain.
Dynamics: - Introduction to Dynamics, Trajectory generations, Manipulator Mechanism Design

Unit 4 10 hours
Machine Vision System: - Vision System Devices, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and
quantization, Image Processing Techniques, Noise reduction methods, Edge detection,
Segmentation.
Robot Programming: Methods of robot programming, lead through programming, motion
interpolation, branching capabilities,
Artificial Intelligence:- Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI techniques, Need and application of
AI.
Simulation: - Need of Simulation, Tools and Techniques of Simulation
Associated Topics in Robotics:- Economical aspects for robot design, Safety for robot and associated
mass, New Trends and recent updates in robotics, International Scenario for implementing robots in
Industrial and other sectors. Future scope for robotisation.

Text Books:
John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics (Mechanics and Control), Addison-Wesley, 2nd Edition, 2004
K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzales, C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, McGraw Hill, 1987.
Shimon Y. Nof, Handbook of Industrial Robotics , , John Wiley Co, 2001.
Groover M. P., Wiess M., Nagel R. N. and Odery N. G. Industrial Robotics- Technology, Programming and
Applications, McGraw Hill Inc. Singapore 2000.
Shah S. K., Introduction to Robotics, Tata McGraw Hill International, 2008.
Mittal R. K. and Nagrath J. J. Robotics and control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi

Reference Books:
Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic Engineering: An Integrated Approach ,
Prentice Hall India, 2002.
Niku, Saeed B. Introduction to Robotics Analysis, Systems Applications, Pearson Education Inc. New
Delhi.
Mataric M. J., The Robotic Primer, University Press, 2009.

You might also like